HARVARD UNIVERSITY LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology ISHtO THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN •>_••*•.• i 8 I s 5 g MUS. CO MP. ZOOL _ LIBRARY FEB 1 1 '^(^ HA\NVAi^D UNIVERSITY THE COMPARATIVE EXTERNAL MORPHOLOGY AND SYSTEMATICS OF THE NEOTROPICAL PARASITIC FIG WASP GENUS IDARNES (HYMENOPTERA: TORYMIDAE) By GORDON GORDH >;: ::: 1 1 i ft ^ :;:; •.*. v <• .*. V •l; .♦. .y V, • • ■ • »"# • • •M •.•. !v :•> >: •K *!■ •_ ■ • •_a • • ■ 9^ • • « • • m • •. • 9 s • 9 « 1 • . • • a • « I • • • « ■ v ■H • • t • • • • 1 ■ • t • 'A .V '.% « Vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 389-455 January 30, 1975 ANNOUNCEMENT The University of Kansas Science Bulletin (continuation of the Kansas Uni- versity Quarterly) is an outlet for scholarly scientific investigations carried out at the University of Kansas or by University faculty and students. Since its incep- tion, volumes of the Bulletin have been variously issued as single bound volumes, as two or three multi-paper parts or as series of individual papers. Issuance is at irregular intervals, with each volume prior to volume 50 approximately 1000 pages in length. Effective with volume 50, page size has been enlarged, reducing the length of each volume to about 750 pages. The supply of all volumes of the Kansas University Quarterly is now ex- hausted. However, most volumes of the University of Kansas Science Bulletin are still available and are offered, in exchange for similar publications, to learned societies, colleges and universities and other institutions, or may be purchased at $20.00 per volume. Where some of these volumes were issued in parts, individual parts are priced at the rate of 2 cents per page. Current policy, initiated with volume 46, is to issue individual paf>ers as published. Such separata may be purchased individually at the rate of 3 cents per page, with a minimum charge of $1.00 per separate. Subscriptions for forthcoming volumes may be entered at the rate of $20.00 per volume. All communications regarding exchanges, sales and subscriptions should be addressed to the Exchange Librarian, University OF Kansas Libraries, Lawrence, Kansas 66045. Reprints of individual papers for personal use by investigators are available gratis for most recent and many older issues of the Bulletin. Such requests should be directed to the author. The International Standard Serial Number of this publication is US ISSN 0022-8850. Editor Charles R. Wyttenbach Editorial Board William L. Bloom Philip W. Hedrick Rudolf Jander Harvey Lilly white Charles D. Michener Norman A. Slade Henry D. Stone George W. Byers, Chairman i A A -1^ 1/ THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 389-455 January 30, 1975 The Comparative External Morphology and Systematics of the Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp Genus Idarnes (Hymenoptera: Torymidae) Gordon Gordh TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract 391 Introduction 391 Acknowledgments 391 Materials and Methods 392 The External Morphology of Idarnes 392 I. Female Head 392 II. Female Antenna 397 III. Female Thorax 397 IV. Wings 403 V. Female Legs 405 VI. Female Abdomen 406 VII. Female Genitalia 406 VIII. Male Head 408 IX. Male Antenna 408 X. Male Mesosoma 408 XI. Male Legs 410 XII. Male Gaster 412 XIII. Male Genitalia 412 Systematics, Morphology, and Distribution of Ficus 412 The Parasites in Floral Ecology 414 Host Specificity and Idarnes 415 Redefinition of Idarnes 416 Key to Some Species of Idarnes 417 Systematic Treatment 418 Species Incorrectly Attributed to Idarnes 438 Literature Cited 439 The Comparative External Morphology and Systematics of The Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp Genus Idarnes (Hymenoptera :Torymidae) ^ Gordon Gordh^ ABSTRACT The external morphology of the parasitic fig wasp genus Idarnes is examined and compared to more primitive and advanced hymenopterous forms. Several secondary features, noticed by earlier workers, have been named in the present paper. These features include setal tracts in the forewing and mesosomal apodemes of the female. In spite of its distinctive appearance, Idarnes has never been properly characterized. There- tore, the genus has been redefined and a neotype designated. Eleven species are descrilied as new and numerous species erroneously included earlier in Idarnes are discussed. Although Idarnes has been considered pantropical, the present work develops the hy{x>th- esis that it is exclusively neotropical. Moreover, evidence is presented which suggests Idarnes is found exclusively associated with the subgenus Urostigma. Ramirez has demonstrated that a high degree of specificity exists between species of agaonid poUenator and Ficus host. Data collected throughout Mexico and Central America indicate a similar pattern exists for Idarnes. However, it is uncertain whether the specificity exhibited by Idarnes is connected to the pol- lenator, host fig, or both. INTRODUCTION Since its description in 1843 by Francis Walker, the genus Idarnes has never been properly characterized, although numer- ous identifications of "Idarnes carme" have been made (Wolcott, 1951; Butcher, 1964; cf. remarks of Burks, 1969). This study is intended to provide a firm systematic foundation for Idarnes and to elucidate its external morphology. Of the earlier workers, Mayr (1885, 1906) probably came closest to guessing the true identity of Idarnes. Unfortu- nately, the original generic description of Idarnes is so vague that Mayr supposed his material to be new and erected the genus Tetragonaspis for it in spite of his suspicions about Idarnes. Subsequent tax- onomic studies (Ashmead, 1904; Girault, 1913) only obscured the issue. Aside from 'Contribution 1524 of the Department of Ento- mology, University of Kansas, Lawrence. Kansas 66045. 'Current address: Systematic Entomology Lab- oratory, U.S. Department of .Agriculture, % Smith- sonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. an occasional remark (Risbec, 1951; Jo- seph, 1964, 1967; Wiebes, 1966b, 1968, 1970; Hill, 1967a; Burks, 1969), Idarnes has re- mained essentially untouched systemat- ically. Nonetheless, Idarnes represents the largest, most conspicious element of the neotropical fauna of fig wasp parasites. Although other parasitic genera are found, they are never collected in the diversity or abundance of Idarnes. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Numerous individuals were in part re- sponsible for bringing this work to fru- ition. Mr. William Ramirez provided much of the material studied from his personal collection of Central American figs and fig wasps; Dr. P. D. Ashlock (University of Kansas) gave many help- ful suggestions regarding a cladistic analy- sis of the group; Dr. R. E. Beer (Univer- sity of Kansas) aided in collecting material in Mexico during the summer of 1970; and Dr. B. D. Burks of the United States 391 392 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin National Museum lent material from which a neotype was designated. Dr. J. T. Wiebes (Rijksuniversiteit, Leiden) had the onerous task of comparing much of the material with that of the Mayr collec- tion and gave several taxonomic sugges- tions. Professor C. D. Michener (Univer- sity of Kansas) has offered encouragement, suggestions, and a critical evaluation of the entire project. To Professor J. H. Camin (University of Kansas) I am deeply indebted for the generous loan of equipment, facilities, and space during the entire gestation of this revision. Linda Gordh typed rough drafts of the manuscript and rendered much clerical assistance. MATERIALS AND METHODS The material studied came from three sources: collections by the author from Mexico during the summers of 1969 and 1970; material provided by William Rami- rez from Central America; and represent- atives of previously described species pro- vided by J. T. Wiebes. Collecting in Mexico was by the meth- ods described by Ramirez (1970b). For a tabulation of Central and North American host trees, Blastophaga pollinators, and as- sociated I dames parasites, see Table 1. For each collection, ripened syconia of the Ficits were preserved in 70% alcohol; branches, including young figs and leaves, were pressed. In addition, samples of all fig species collected during 1970 were halved, photographed, and close-up photo- graphs of branches taken. Identification of host figs was based on the classification of Standley (1917). When applicable, the work of DeWolf (1960) was consulted; Condit's (1969) work also proved useful. Plant material collected during the sum- mer of 1969 was retained by Ramirez; plant material collected during the sum- mer of 1970 is retained by the author. All wasp material was collected into 70% alcohol. Associated pollinators (aga- onids) were given to Ramirez and Wiebes, while voucher specimens of torymids col- lected during the 1970 trip were given to Professor Wiebes. The bulk of the mate- rial remained with the author. For the deposition of types, see Table 2. Specimens were dissected in depression slides filled with 70% alcohol. Dissections were made with miniiten nadeln hooks embedded in heat-treated glass rods. The following parts were separated from intact female wasps: antennae, head, pro-, meso-, and metathoracic legs, pronotum, meso- sternum, labiomaxillary complex, gaster and wings. Parts separated from intact male wasps included antennae, legs and occasionally the gaster. When each dissec- tion was completed, wings and the labio- maxillary complex were mounted on a slide in Hoyer's medium. Other structures were cleared in 10% KOH at 50° C for 12-16 hours, depending upon size and sclerotization. The parts were then trans- ferred to 70% alcohol for several hours and subsequently mounted in Hoyer's. Material sent to the U.S. National Mu- seum of Natural History and many para- types were mounted in Canada balsam. After Hoyer's medium slides were dried for several days at 50° C (with the aid of a slide warmer), each coverslip was sealed with Zut's Ringing Medium. This procedure proved excellent for preventing deterioration of the mount due to evapo- ration of water from the Hoyer's. Illustrations were prepared with a mi- croprojector and a binocular phase con- trast Zeiss microscope with drawing tube attachment. THE EXTERNAL MORPHOLOGY OF IDARNES I. Female Head (Figs. 1-3) Based upon the axis of the gnathal ap- pendages and the position of the occipital foramen, the cranium of female Idarnes MdKPHOLOGY AND SysTEMATICS OF NkoTKOIMCAL PaUASITIC FiC WasP 393 may exhibit two distinct conditions: it may be prognathous (as in /. hiicatoma) or more generally hypognathous (as in /. barbigera, I. galbina). The shape of the cranium is highly variable, ranging from elongate (/. biicatoma) to round (l. gal- bin a). The sculpture of the head capsule is also variable, depending upon the degree of sclerotization. Species such as /. galbina have lightly sclerotized heads and hence are nearly smooth; /. obtusijoUae females have honeycomb-like sculpturing which results in heavy sclerotization. When viewed from above, 3 triangu- larly arranged ocelli are visible; when viewed from the front, the position of the anterior ocellus is variable, rancins; from the level of the upper third of the com- pound eyes to the crest of the vertex. Posi- tion of the ocelli seems correlated with the axis of the cranium : species with pro- gnathous heads have ocelli located higher on the vertex than do species with hypo- gnathous heads. The epicranial suture represents a car- dinal landmark of the generalized insect head. Within the Hymenoptera an epi- cranial suture has been identified in the Symphyta (Pergidae), some braconids, and evanoids. Michener (1944b) indicated the suture was not present in bees. The epicranial suture is not evident in Idarnes or any other chalcid examined morphologically. As a consequence stand- ard regions of the cranium are poorly de- fined and homology with more primitive insect heads is difficult. Michener (1944b) recognized this problem in bees and cre- ated artificial boundaries for the area be- tween the anterior ocellus and toruli. He applied the term "supra-antennal" which is noncommital with regard to homology; however, this term has not been retained in the present work because the scrobal cavity and interantennal ridge are well de- fined and are more familiar terms. Immediately lateral to the scrobal cav- ity and adjacent to the compound eye inner margin is another ill-defined region termed the "face" in the present work. It is bounded by imaginary transverse lines extending from the anterior ocellus dor- sally, and the toruli ventrally. The region is called paraocular by Michener (1944b), parafrontal by Pratt (1940) and parietal by Bucher (194S). The face and scrobal cavity together are regarded as the fronto- vertex by some chalcid taxonomists. How- ever, because the scrobe is so well defined in Idarnes it is again useful to separate these regions terminologically. The compound eyes of Idarnes are lat- eral to the face. They vary in shape, ranging from round (/. galbina) to oval (/. carme), but are never emarginate. The eves are never setose in Idarnes. thoutrh this characteristic is common in other chalcidoids such as Aphytis (Aphelinidae) . Many Hymenoptera (some braconids, evanoids, vespids, and bees) have a cir- cumocular sulcus that circles the com- pound eye. If the sulcus is present in Idarnes. it must coincide with the margin of the eye itself since no conspicuous ring has been observed. Some chalcids (e.g., Brachymeria, Chalcididae) bear a distinct line of favose punctations which surround the eye margin. However, this condition is also absent from Idarnes. Heads cleared in KOH or bleach re- veal the presence of a large, well defined ocular sclerite. This feature has been found in all chalcids examined (including representatives of 12 families). Presum- ably the ocular sclerite supports the com- pound eye and provides a shelf upon which the eye rests. The ocular sclerite of Idarnes is peninsulate along the inner margin, but the function of this feature is unknown. The gena (= malar space) is immedi- ately beneath the compound eye. When the head is viewed in lateral aspect it is 394 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Intcranrciiiuil Ritigc llpiis Figs. 1-3. 1, Head of Idarnes female, anterior aspect: 2, iabiomaxillary complex of Idarnes female, external aspect; 3, left mandible of Idarnes female, inner aspect. bounded dorsally by the eye, ventrally by the pleurostome, and anteriorly and pos- teriorly by imaginary lines extending from the lateral margins of the compound eye to the mandibular articulations. In most chalcids a subocular suture (= malar sul- cus) bisects the gena, extending from the ventral margin of the eye to the pleuro- stome. In many encyrtids, eupelmids, and pteromalids the suture is bold and pre- Morphology and SvsTiiMATics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 395 sumably serves as a secondarily developed reinforcement for the cranium. In Mono- dontoments spp. also it is well developed, but all species of Idames lack the suture, ' In the related genus Critogaster the sub- ocular suture is incipient, represented only by a weak, dark, incomplete line. The insertion of the antennae in , Idames ranges from the midline of the : compound eyes to their ventral margins. Moreover, the toruli may be nearly con- tiguous (I. biicatoma) or separated by one to several times the diameter of a single torulus (7. camini). The antennal suture circling the torulus is well defined. The antennifer is variable, being conspicuous in some species (/. sirnits) and reduced in others (I. galbina). Between the toruli and anterior ocellus, a shallow depression (scrobe) which receives the scapes when the antennae are in repose is always pres- ent. The scrobe is divided by a mesal interantennal ridge of variable length and height. When well developed, it creates two distinct channels which merge at the anterior ocellus. Since the epicranial and frontal sutures are absent from Idames, the boundaries of the frons are not certain. The frons is taken to be a region below an imaginary transverse line below the toruli and be- tween perpendicular lines extending from the outer margin of each torulus to the pleurostome. The anterior tentorial pits are minute and can be located only with a compound microscope by tracing the course of the anterior tentorial arms to the surface of the head. The epistomal and subgenal sutures are absent from Idames. Thus, the boundary separating the ventral margin of the frons from the dorsal margin of the clypeus is arbitrary. For the purpose of the present paper, it is taken to be an imaginary transverse line between the an- terior tentorial pits. Bucher (1948) noted M. dentipes and James (1926) indicated Harmolita graminicola have epistomal and subgenal sutures. The labrum of Idames consists of a membranous flap concealed beneath the clypeus. This condition seems common to most chalcids though some species of Leu- cospis exhibit a lightly sclerotized retractile sclerite and in Perilampus this sclerite re- sembles a comb. The mandibles (Fig. 3) of Idames are highly sclerotized, hi- or tri-dentate. The toothed margin may be sharply (/. flavi- collis) or weakly (/. galbina) incised. Mandibles bear 2 hollow, internal, cone- like cavities extending into the primary and secondary teeth. The third tooth of tri-dentate species lacks such a feature. These cavities seem universal in the Chal- cidoidea. In some Pteromalidae (Pachy- crep Oldens vindemiae, Pteromaliis spp.) and Perilampidae (Perilampus spp.) the left mandible may have 3 cavities. How- ever, in all cases the function of this adaptation is unknown. The maxillae and labium (Fig. 2) are bound together by membrane, forming the labiomaxillary complex. Maxillary com- ponents include cardo, stipes, galea, la- cinea, and segmented palpus. The cardo shape is variable, but it always flexes mesally along the posterior margin of the elongate stipes, except in isolated instances (some individuals of /. micheneri) where it is fused to the stipes. Each stipes char- acteristically bears a basal acuminate seta. The maxillary palpus arises from the an- tero-lateral margin of the stipes and con- sists of a proximal palpifer and 2 distal segments. Lengths of the palpifer and pal- pal segments are variable and the palpifer and basal palpal segment may be fused. The basal segment bears a scolopophorous sensillum at the distal end and the terminal segment is characterized by sensory spines and acuminate setae. The galea and lacineae are membranous, enveloping the ligula and paraglossae. These modifica- 396 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin tions contrast sharply with the condition found in aculeate Hymenoptera (Matsuda, 1965) but conform to other chalcidoids. The labium consists of a medio-distal ligula (fused glossae), prementum, para- glossae, and lateral labial palpi. The ligula is surrounded by a crown of pilus dentilae (flattened pronged setae) and is arched sharply forward, bearing 2 or 4 sensory pegs along its anterior margin. (Sensory pegs along the margin of the ligula seem characteristic of all chalcidoids, though the number varies considerably among species. Encyrtids such as Comperia merceti have as many as 10 pegs; 2 pegs seems to be the minimum number.) The ligula is broadly attached to the prementum (which is al- ways larger than the ligula in Idarnes), which also bears the labial palpi on the distal margin. The 1-segmented labial palpi are always shorter than the maxil- lary palpi, with the palpiger irregular. The apex of each palpus bears a long, acumi- nate seta, and there is often a long basal one. The paraglossae arise from the pre- mentum lateral to the labial palpi. Each is blade-like, lightly sclerotized, and projects anteriorly along the lateral margin of the ligula. They are exceedingly difficult to see except with high magnification (> 250X). The mentum and submentum are not dififerentiated, a feature noted by Matsuda (1965) for other chalcidoids. The posterior surface of the chalcid head has undergone considerable modifi- cation, making homology difficult or im- possible. In Idarnes it may be flat or con- cave, depending upon the species. The occipital suture (preoccipital ridge of Michener, crassa of Ross) is inconsistently developed in the Hymenoptera and alto- gether lacking in Idarnes. Bucher (1948) indicated Monodontomenis bears a well developed carina he chose to call an oc- cipital suture, but it is doubtful that this carina is homologus with the occipital su- ture of more primitive insects. The dorsal margin of the occipital foramen of Idarnes exhibits a thickening which diminishes laterally. The post oc- cipitial suture is poorly developed and does not circle the foramen. The dorsal thickening may contain remnants of the post occipital suture, but they have not been observed in any species of Idarnes yet examined. In M. dentipes, H. graminicola, and most other chalcids the occipital foramen is bisected by an apodeme which origi- nates at the posterior tentorial pits. This structure has been termed the corporoten- torium, body of the tentorium, or primary tentorial bridge by various writers on Hymenoptera morphology. It is lacking from all species of Idarnes. Posterior ten- torial arms do project from the posterior tentorial pits to the ventral margin of the foramen in Idarnes, but these are not fused. The posterior tentorial pits are small and may be recognized by tracing the ten- torial arms to the surface of the head. The pits are ventro-lateral to the foramen. The sclerite which separates the fora- men from the proboscidial fossa exhibits two conditions. In some species (/. ash- lockj), faint post occipital sutures run parallel from the posterior tentorial pits to the proboscidial fossa. The sclerite thus formed is a gula according to the defini- tion of Snodgrass (1935). Bucher (1948) has made a similar observation for Mono- dontomerus. However, in each instance the gula has developed on a hypognathous head. Alternatively, a faint median suture may be present {I. simus) and extend from the ventral margin of the foramen to the proboscidial fossa. The postgenae are separated by a postgenal groove. This mesad migration of weakly developed postoccipital sutures has drawn the lateral Morphology and Systlmatics of Nuotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 397 walls of the proboscidial fossa together thereby forming a hypostomal bridge. IT. Female Antenna (Fig. 4) Antennae are either 12- or 13-seg- mented because there may be 1 or 2 annuli at the base of the flagellum. The first an- nulus is always constricted basally; the second, when present, appears to be a fragment of the first flagellomere. The annuli have been counted in numbering the flagellomeres. Surface features of individual flagello- meres are highly variable among species, but constant intraspecifically. The most conspicuous modifications include longi- tudinal carinae and three forms of setae, inflexible (obdurate) setae (Figs. 25, 27, 28), flexible setae (Figs. 29, 34), and acicular setae (Fig. 26). Setal types may be distinguished on the basis of appear- ance when mounted under a coverslip and viewed with a low power compound mi- croscope objective. Flexible setae are re- curved, appear hollow and are often apically blunt; inflexible setae are not re- curv'ed or hollow, and are shorter than flexible setae. Acicular setae are long and transmit light in such a way as to make the base resemble the eye of a needle. Each type of seta, when present, forms a whorl around each flagellomere. These setae usually originate at the base of a flagello- mere, but minute inflexible setae may, in addition, be randomly dispersed in some species. For a given species, one setal form predominates. A club may or may not be present. When present, it is composed of the last 3 flagellomeres, and may be compact (/. biicatoma, 1. tnicheneri) or loosely formed (I. ashlockj). Regardless of club formation, the distal 3 flagellomeres (= clavus) always show the carinal and setal patterns found on previous segments. A nipple-like ter- minal protuberance is always present, al- though sometimes weakly developed. It bears clusters of short, thick setae and minute discoid sensilla. This feature seems to be a characteristic of the family Tory- midae. III. Female Thorax (Figs. 6-9) Aside from a few incomplete statements regarding specific features (cf. Compere, 1962; Compere and Rosen, 1970; Richards, 1956; Matsuda, 1960, 1970) of the pleuro- sternum, no attempt has been made to homologize the chalcidoid thorax with that of more primitive and advanced hy- menopterous forms. Although Idarnes is seemingly specialized biologically, it is a member of a chalcidoid family considered to be primitive (Malyshev, 1966; Breland, 1938). Morphological features of Idarnes tend to bear out this hypothesis. The central portion of the chalcidoid body (mesosoma, sensit Michener, 1944b) consists of four regions: pro-, meso-, metathorax and propodeum. Morpholog- ically, the last represents the first abdom- inal segment which has fused with the thoracic components, a condition charac- teristic of all clistogastrous Hymenoptera. The term thorax will be used to refer only to the three anterior segments of the meso- soma; when the term mesosoma is used the propodeum is also included in the discussion. The Notum (Figs. 6, 7) The pronotum (Figs. 6, 7) of female Idarnes is rigid, collar-Uke, and envelops the anterior edge of the mesoscutum. The pronotum is not sharply angular at the anterior end, but is latero-ventrally ex- panded, forcing the proepisterna into ven- tral positions; it usually possesses the notal sculpture pattern only along the postero- dorsal edge, with the remainder of the sclerite smooth or bearing distorted stri- ations. The mesonotum (Fig. 6) comprises the bulk of the thoracic notum. It has been 398 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin MageUcjnierc Pedicel Scaj)e 0.25 mm Fics. 4-5. 4, Left antenna of Idarnes female, inner aspect; 5, left antenna of Idarnes male, dorsal aspect. subdivided into 7 distinct regions, sepa- rated by sutures, sulci, and apodemes.^ ^ Snodgrass (1962) has indicated that the first two terms have been used interchangeably and that it is often impossible to distinguish between them. As a consequence, the term suture is used through- out the text. Anterior-most of the mesonotal regions is the prescutum, which is not visible from a dorsal view and may be seen only when the pro- and mesosternum have been sepa- rated. The prescutum is bounded dorsally by the mesoscutum to which it is united at the transverse notal suture. In Idarnes, Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 399 ronotum Nuuuilix lVans-.scui;i Siitiiic Pura -axillary .Suture Axilla Axillarv Cord SpiracI ictanotmii Propodciim Mcrcpi>tcrnum Pltriiral SutiiTc cjijula Prepectus Aiiaplcurirc \naplcural Suture Mesepisternum Mesepimeron 0.5 mm Figs. 6-7. Mesosoma of Idarnes female in dorsal (6) and lateral (7) aspects. however, this suture is poorly defined. Moreover, the prescutum represents a lightly sclerotized, pendulous lip which projects posteriorly beneath the meso- scutum and effectively forms an anterior rim that contains the dorsal longitudinal flight muscles. The mesoscutum (in a restricted sense, including scapulae) lies immediately be- hind the pronotum and is bounded later- ally by notaulices^ and posteriorly by the ^ Various authors have referred to these longi- tudinal inflections of the mesonotum as "parapsidal sutures." Tulloch (1929) indicated that parapsidal sutures are distinct from notaulices, with the former extending anteriorly from the scutoscutellar suture while the latter extend posteriorly from the anterior margin of the mesoscutum. Functionally, parapsidal sutures represent the site of attachment for rudi- mentary indirect flight muscles, while notaulices are associated with the distribution of connective tissue during metamorphosis (Daly, 1964). Some chalcids bear both structures, but Idarnes has only notaulices. 400 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin trans-scutal suture. The shape of the meso- scutum in Idarnes is constant. In lateral aspect the posterior margin is flat, but where the notaulices begin to diverge an- teriorly, the mesoscutum is arched (Fig. 7). The regions lateral to the mesoscutum, bounded by the notaulices, are the scapu- lae;^ In Idarnes these sclerites are large and constant in shape. They are bordered posteriorly by the lateral parts of the trans- scutal suture. The trans-scutal suture of Idarnes is transverse and straight. The principal landmark posterior to this suture is the mesoscutellum which is characteristically quadrate. As with the scutum, the term here is used in a restricted sense, the lat- eral fragments being named separately for convenience. Laterally, the mesoscutellum is bounded by a secondary suture which I have chosen to call the para-mesosciitellar suture. Posteriorly, the mesoscutellum is bounded by a bold suture-like impression which Graham (1969) terms the frenal groove. Immediately posterior to the fre- nal groove and anterior to the metanotum is a narrow, transverse region termed the postscutellar zone in contradistinction to the postscutellum of Burks (1943). The postscutellar zone extends laterally to the base of the forewing and forms the axil- lary cord, a fact which indicates that it is a fragmentum of the scutellum. Lateral to the mesoscutellum and pos- terior to the trans-scutal suture another secondary suture has been formed. Orig- inating adjacent to the intersection of the notaulices, trans-scutal and para-meso- scutellar sutures, a para-axillary suture^ extends obliquely rearward to the base of ''Graham (1969), in agreement with general- morphological usage, regards the entire region cephad to the scutoscutcUar suture in chalcids as the meso- scutum, with development of notaulices subdividing the region into a mid- and two lateral sclerites. But since the scapulae are so distinct in many chalcidoids, it is convenient to separate them terminologically. * Graham (1969) calls this the "scutello-axillar suture," a term less descriptive. The sclerotized area the forewing. The suture separates the axilla from a region termed the para- scutellum by Grandi (1921). Grandi rec- ognized the presence of the para-axillary suture, but chose to refer to it as a "rin- forzo endoscheletrico della linea che se- para I'ascella dal parascutello." Subsequent taxonomic studies on chalcid parasites as- sociated with figs have illustrated this suture, but not indicated a name or its morphological significance (cf. work of Joseph, Hill, etc.). The suture separates the para-scutellum and axilla into two equal regions. Incipient para-axillary su- tures exist in other families of chalcidoids, notably Eulophidae (Brothers and Moran, 1969) and Agaonidae (Grandi, 1929). The second phragma (Fig. 6) is a large, lightly sclerotized, bilobed plate which provides attachment for the dorsal longitudinal flight muscles. In Idarnes the sclerite may be viewed only when the mesonotum is separated from the propo- deum and metathorax, since it develops beneath the metanotum and dorsum of the propodeum. Weber (1924) and Snod- grass (1910) both believed the post- phragma to be double-walled; however, it appears single-walled and arises from the metanotal antecosta. The metathorax represents the final thoracic subdivision of the mesosoma; it is a narrow transverse band when viewed from above (the general condition in Hy- menoptera), and upon closer inspection appears superficially divided into three re- gions.^ The distinctness of the areas is emphasized by different sculpture patterns found on the meson and lateral regions. The meson (dorsellum of Graham, 1969) just behind this suture was regarded by Graham as the "Axillula." Hucher (1948) noted the presence of an incomplete suture in this region of the meso- notum (if M. dentipcs, but chose to call it "suture of the postscutum." ■' Owing to the reduction of the metanotum, homologies with the mesonotum are difficult. The terms meson and lateron will be applied. M()RP11()L(K,V AM) SVSTI.MATICS OF Nl.O TROPICAL PaR vSlTIC FiG WaSP 401 is characteristicallv elevated tiom the hit eral areas (metanoium ot (irahain, 1%0). The three regions are more or less equal ill size. While plicae may be evident in some species of Idarnes, no lonL,ntudinal sutures are present to separate the three areas into distinct sclerites. The metanotal postphragma is obsolete. The Plcnrostfrtnd Rci^io/i (Figs. 7-9) Several theories regarding the origin and development of the pleurosternal re- gion of the insect thorax have been put forward. The primitive pleural region must have been membranous. To account for the origin and development of sclero- tization, Heymons (1890) developed the subcoxal theory of the sternal and pleural sclerites. While most subsequent mor- phologists have subscribed to this concept in principle, their opinions regarding ho- mologies of various sclerites have diverged sharply (Weber, 1924, 1928; Snodgrass, 1935; Ferris, 1940; Richards, 1956; Du- Porte, 1965). The pleurosternal region of Idarnes is primitive compared to that of most chal- cidoids. As in other pterygotes, the pro- thorax is simple when compared with a wing-bearing segment. Hanna (1935) in- terpreted the pleuron of Euchalcidia car- yobori (Chalcididae) to be exclusively episternal and the proepimeron to be ab- sent. Idarnes conforms to this pattern, for reasons indicated below. Earlier workers sometimes regarded the episternal plates as the prosternum; however, this interpre- tation is untenable for Idarnes. I'repectiis Aiijpleural Suture Anajileurite Pleural Suture Prestcrnal Suture Pre^tci Si^inasternum cto cinsternal Suture Meseiiistei'num )iserimcn sepinicron Inirca- FiGS. 8-9. 8, Prosternum of Idarnes female, ventral aspect with furca flexed cephalad; 9. mcsothoracic pleuro- sternum of Idarnes female, ventral aspect with furca flexed caudad. 402 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Idarnes lacks lateral cervical sclerites. Instead, the anterior cranial processes (Snodgrass, 1910) of the proepisterna ar- ticulate directly with the posterior surface of the head. As in other Hymenoptera, it is not possible to state conclusively if the cranial processes represent a fusion of cer- vical sclerites with the proepisterna or whether the processes are modifications of the anterior-most portion of the proepi- sterna. The mesal surfaces of the proepisterna are flat and contiguous along their anterior ends. The proepisterna are ventral in po- sition, seemingly having been pushed ven- tromesally by the expanding pronotum. The prosternum (Fig. 8) is a small sclerite which lies immediately behind the posterior proepisternal margins and be- tween the forecoxae. It is highly variable in shape, ranging from nearly round to trapezoidal. Superficially, the prosternum may be rugose to smooth with scattered setae projecting posteriorly. The discrimen of the prosternum is evident and variably developed. In one species (1. bticatoma) it extends nearly the entire length of the sclerite; in some spe- cies it is barely evident. Internally, the prosternum bears 2 conspicuous apodemes, the prosternal furca. ■ Idarnes appears to retain only proepi- sterna, proepimera being absent. Internally a ridge extends from each cranial process rearward, running the entire length of the propleuron along its lateral margin. This ridge has been called by Snodgrass the in- ternal pleural ridge, in spite of the fact that the upper ends leads to the cranial process. At the level of the apex of each strenal apophysis, the internal pleural ridge is ex- tended further inward, forming a pleural apophysis. By definition (Snodgrass, 1935), the episternum and epimeron are separated by the pleural suture. Although the pleural suture is evanescent (since it is the lateral proepisternal margin), the pleural apophysis and ridge are evident. The mesothoracic pleurosternum (Fig. 9) (= mesopectus of Compere, 1962) of Idarnes is large and conspicuous. The mesothoracic legs arise ventrally along the posterior edge of the mesepisterna and are mesally contiguous. The points of articu- lation with the mesothorax are unmistak- able, and the pleural suture is quite dis- tinct; consequently, homologizing the various mesothoracic sternal components is comparatively simple. Interestingly enough, the coxal condyles are apparently sternal in origin since they are continuous apodemes which originate along the dis- crimen and fuse with the posterior margin of the mesepisternum. This condition has been observed in all trichogrammatids, aphelinids and encyrtids examined mor- phologically. The anterior-most region of the meso- thoracic pleuron is a lightly sclerotized, nearly membranous presternum. Imme- diately posterior to this is the area com- monly called the prepectus. An internal submarginal ridge (= presternal suture) separates the two structures. The triangular prepectus (Figs. 7, 9) is large and not completely separated from the rest of the mesepisternum. Numerous other species of chalcidoids have the pre- pectus more nearly separated from the sternal plate (Microterys, Encyrtidae). I call the suture which separates the pre- pectus from the mesepisternum the pre- pecto-episternal suture, and this should not be confused with the pleural suture which lies posteriorly. Immediately behind the prepectus is the main mesepisternal plate, which com- prises the bulk of the pleural region of the mesothorax. The discrimen separates the mesepisterna midventrally. Internally, a large, conspicuous furca is evident on the posteromesal surface of the episternum. The spinasternum has fused to the epi- MORPHOLOCJV AND SysTLMATICS OF NtOTROPICAL PaRASITIC FiG WaSP 403 sterna mesally at the anterior end of the discrimen. The mesothoracic pleural suture is identifiable by the position of the articula- tory process of the mesothoracic coxa. The coxal articulation is on the posterior edge of the mesepisternum, halfway between the mesepimeron and the discrimen. The pleural suture runs obliquely forward sep- arating the epimeron from the episternum. Prepectus, epimeron, and episternum are moderately sclerotized and bear sculpture patterns that range from favose to lightly shagreened. Lateral to the main mesepisternal plate is a conspicuous anapleural suture (= pleu- ral ridge of Bucher, 1948; = sternopleural suture of Snodgrass, 1910, 1935). The sclerite lateral to this suture has been termed "epansione marginale anteriore del mesopleurum terminante nel denza della regione epimerale" by Grandi (1929) for Blastophaga psenes. The anapleural su- ture must be a secondary development and consequently the sclerite formed must be part of the mesepisternum. It is here called the anapleurite, and it arches dor- sally beneath the forewing, providing a fulcrum for wing movement. The upper part of the pleural suture which leads to this fulcrum in primitive insects is absent. Here the anapleurite may have an epi- meral as well as an episternal component. The metasternum of Idarnes is un- usual. The hind legs are latero-ventrally situated, and from a lateral view only a metepisternum is visible. The metepister- num meets the mesepimeron along the lateral thoracic wall. However, the two sclerites have not formed a suture between one another since they are readily separa- ble upon dissection. Together, the mete- pisterna form a moderate sized oblique plate which confines the mesothoracic coxae posteriorly. The metepisterna ex- tend ventrally and meet along the longi- tudinal central axis of the body, forming an internal keel between the hind coxae. The keel splays out laterally, forming a lightly sclerotized plate which separates the hind coxae from the longitudinal flight muscles. The metathoracic pleural suture (Fig. 7) originates at the metathoracic leg ar- ticulatory point (seen as a notch along the dorsal surface of the coxa) and continues obliquely forward, terminating beneath the hind wing. Immediately behind the pleural suture is the propodeum; the met- athoracic epimera have been nearly oblit- erated. All that remains of the metepimera are two thin, transverse bands, one on each side, which converge mesally behind the metathoracic coxae and connect to the mesepisternal keel. IV. Wings (Figs. 10, 11) The Forewing The forewing (Fig. 10) of Idarnes con- forms to the typical chalcidoid pattern: veination is reduced to a single vein which has been subdivided into submarginal, marginal, postmarginal, and stigmal re- gions (Howard, 1887). The submarginal vein angles forward along its distal third and at the extreme end is notched; at the notch two campaniform sensilla are al- ways present. The portion of the sub- marginal vein between the bend and the notch is often called the parastigma. The notch represents the beginning of the mar- ginal vein, which continues to the fork where the stigmal and postmarginal veins originate. The stigmal vein may have a distal bulb which is called the stigma. The stigma invariably bears campaniform sen- silla. The degree of stigmal development appears to be a species characteristic. The postmarginal vein is variable in length and usually bears a few small setae. Close examination of the wing reveals distinct setal tracts which converge along the distal edge of the wing. Burks (1938), using representatives of 8 chalcid families 404 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Mardnal \'ein Stigmal Vein P()stmai\mnal \'cin %^ ■ • ■ ■ arginal Tract Submarginal Tract V^Discal Tract Medial '■:';:.^ Anal Tract raci 0.5 nim Figs. 10-11. Right forewing (10) and hindwing (11) of Idanics female. (no torymids), attempted to correlate ex- tensive setal tracts and obsolete venation with the hypothetical forewing venation of Ross. Unfortunately, the setal tracts of the Idarnes forewing do not reach the basal portion of the wing or connect with existing wing venation. Thus it is not possible to identify the setal tracts of Idarnes with the system of Burks. Recently, Doutt and Viggiani (1968)* " The systems of nomenclature employed by Burks and by Doutt and Viggiani are useful from a taxonomic stantlpoint, but imply a vestige of wing venation and hence homology. Since the tracts found in Idarnes are not from the same region of the wing and cannot be homologized with extant venation in other Hymcnoptera, new terms seem necessary. Names used in the present work refer to areas with which the reader may be familiar and no presump- tions of homology are intentlcil. Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 405 have indicated that sctal tracts provide taxonomic characters among species of trichogrammatids. Oldroyd and Ribbands (1936) found that these tracts of macro- trichae in Tric/iografuma evanescens were influenced by the size of the host from which the wasps emerged. Taxonomists of Torymidae have not used the tracts in chissification, although they have been il- lustrated. Tracts have not been observed in other Sycophagini but in I dames have proven quite reliable in separating species and appear constant in their formation. Some variation of the type found by Old- royd and Ribbands has been noted, but this has not proven a problem taxonom- ically. The setal tracts of Idarnes all seem to merge with the conspicuous marginal fringe. The anterior-most tract may be called the marginal tract; it is always pres- ent in Idarnes. In some species it extends to the postmarginal vein (/. micheneri), while in others it terminates abruptly well in front of the postmarginal vein (/. oscro- cata). Immediately behind the marginal tract is sometimes found a very short "i^i" which terminates behind the postmarginal vein {I. simiis). A submarginal tract in some species originates along the apical wing margin and arches to the area of the stigma (I. obtiisijoliae). Posterior to the submarginal tract and perpendicular to the distal edge of the wing is sometimes a variable discal tract (I. barbigera). This tract is absent from most species, and diffi- cult to interpret when present owing to the random dispersal of microtrichae over the general wing surface. The micro- trichae are widespread on the wing surface behind and beyond the stigma. Idarnes jimenezi, I. obtiisijoliae, and /. ashlochj bear a tract composed of microtrichiae that are densely arranged along an imag- inary longitudinal line which would con- form to a median vein, hence the name medial tract. I. jimenezi also bears an anal tract. Adstigmal setae, long, acuminate and located just mesad to the stigma, provide an additional forewing feature. Species tend to exhibit some variation in number, but distinct trends (clusters vs. 1 or 2 setae) are useful in determining species. The Hind wing The hindwing (Fig. 11) of Idarnes has proven to be of some taxonomic value. It is slender and elongate. The entire pos- terior margin bears a conspicuous fringe which is longer than the corresponding forewing fringe. Venation is much re- duced from that of other Sycophagini, consisting of a short, stubby, submarginal vein. The region between the tip of the submarginal vein and hamuli may be se- tose and gives the appearance of a vestigial marginal vein. Other genera of Sycopha- gini have marginal veins. The entire wing surface bears microtrichiae. V. Female Legs (Figs. 12-15) The coxae conform in part to the typ- ical torymid pattern: the hind coxa (Fig. 15) is larger than the fore coxa (Fig. 12), but the middle coxa (Fig. 14) is reduced, globular, and easily detached from the mesosoma. Sculpturing of coxae may be evident. The trochanters usually have sen- silla near the apical margins. The meso- thoracic femur is slender and atrophied. Additionally, it is basally constricted, giv- ing the impression of a second trochanter being present. Femora of all legs may be mesally setose. The fore leg tibia posseses an apical bifurcate calcar (Fig. 13). Sen- sory spurs beneath the calcar form a comb which presumably facilitates antennal cleaning. Various authors (Grandi, Jo- seph) have used the number of apical tibial setae and spurs as a specific char- acter. The present study has revealed the number to be variable, and not a good di- agnostic character for Idarnes (cf. Wiebes, 406 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin 1968). The middle tibia (Fig. 14) gener- ally has a single large spur, while the rear tibia generally has 2 subequal spurs. The smaller spur may often be confused with part of the setal tract which runs along the length (mesad) of the hind tibia. The ratio of basitarsal length to that of other tarsomeres proves to be reliable in separating species of Idanies. The basi- tarsus of the fore leg possesses a mesal setal comb (the number of setae is again not constant) and invariably is shorter than the other basitarsi. The middle basi- tarsus is usually as long as the remaining tarsomeres, while the hind basitarsus is variable. All tarsomeres are clothed with variable numbers of setae which are not constant within species in number or ar- rangement. VI. Fetnale Abdomen (Figs. 6, 7, 23, 24) The propodeum (Figs. 6, 7) is large with spiracles along the antero-lateral mar- gin. Subparallel carinae and costulae are never present, but sculpturing may be de- veloped. The gaster attaches to the propo- deum via abdominal segment 2 (petiole), but the attachment is somewhat broad for clistogastrous Hymenoptera. The rela- tively broad attachment restricts the amount of flexibility possible for the gaster. The gaster (Fig. 23) is comparatively simple. Its general shape ranges from ovoid with flat sterna to nearly spherical with the sterna convex. Tergal and sternal plates are conspicuous, though the extent of development of the sterna may be some- what variable. The surface of each tergal sclerite may be lightly shagreened or smooth. These plates may be glabrous or setose along the posterior margin. The posterior margins of terga 2-6 may be either straight (/. fiavicoUis) or strongly sinuate (I. obtitsijoliae). The latter condi- tion appears to be an adaptation for move- ment within the fig, since tergal margins which are sinuate permit more flexibility than straight margins. All sterna have pos- terior margins which are straight; sternal texture varies from coriaceous to smooth. Abdominal pleurites are absent. VII. Female Genitalia (Figs. 23, 24) The most conspicuous feature of the female torymid gaster is the ovipositor. Morphologically, the external female genitalia represent lateral projections (gonostyli = sheath) and mesal extensions (gonapophysis = ovipositor) from gono- coxites of the eighth and ninth abdominal segments (seventh and eighth metasomal segments). Idarnes conforms to the rest of the Pterygota in that the gonostyli of' gonocoxite 8 have been lost. The gonostyli of gonocoxite 9 are equal in length to the ovipositor, serving as a sheath. In the ovipositor gonapophysis 8 is ventral, while 9 is dorsal. Smith (1969) has observed that gonapophysis 9 is in- verted and interconnected with 8 along the long axis. The euventral surface of 9 provides a tongue (rachis) which fits within a trough (aulax) of gonapophysis 8. Smith calls the track locking gonopo- physis 8 and 9 together an olistheter. His hypothesis is applicable to Idarnes since gonapophyses 8 and 9 are connected along their entire lengths. In all species of Idarnes, the external female genitalia (Fig. 23) are several times longer than the gaster. The long oviposi- tor is an adaptation for penetrating the fig receptacle and depositing eggs inside the gall flowers. Idarnes is not adapted for entering the fig through the ostiole. Dur- ing oviposition, only the gonapophyses penetrate the receptacle of the fig while the gonostyli diverge perpendicularly to the axis of penetration of the ovipositor. The mesal surface of each gonostylus ap- pears transversely striated and is sparsely setose. The extreme tip of each gonapo- physis is serrated to facilitate penetration of the receptacle. As indicated by Smith (1969), insects retaining both gonapophysis 8 and 9 are Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 407 12 14 15 0.5 mm Figs. 12-15. 12, Right fore leg of Idarnes female; 13, enlarged calcar and strigil of Idarnes female fore leg; 14, right middle leg of Idarnes female; 15, left hind leg of Idarnes female. 408 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin limited in the distance 8 can be thrust in relation to 9 (for movement of the egg), and little vertical leverage can be applied against the ovipositional surface. In Idarnes, the problem is further compli- cated by the length of the gonapophysis. The former problem has been alleviated to an extent in most Hymenoptera by the development of an articulation of gono- coxite 8 with tergum 9. The pygostyli (Fig. 24) are well de- veloped and situated at the apex of the gaster. Three apical setae are present and are presumably sensory, indicating to the female precisely how deep the ovipositor has been thrust into the fig. VIII. Male Head (Fig. 16) All male Idarnes exhibit moderately sclerotized, depressed, subtrapezoidal, cra- nial capsules. The occipital foramen is located on the posterior surface of the head which is prognathous. The mandibles are located on the extreme anterior end of the head and are articulated in a horizontal plane. Dentition is variable among species, but hollow cones (of the type mentioned in females) are always present in the first and second teeth (cf. Figs. 74-82). Imme- diately posterior to the mandibles and along the lateral margins of the head are the compound eyes, identifiable only by red pigment spots. The ocular suture and ocelli are absent. Mesal to the compound eye, along the base of the mandible, two conspicuous, thick-walled toruli are pres- ent. IX. Male Antenna (Fig. 5) Antennae are 4- or 5-segmented. The basal segment is spoon-shaped and thick- walled, with setae over the dorsal surface and along the lateral margins. The distal surface is mesally concave, allowing the second segment (pedicel) to fit within. The second segment is elongate with thick walls, and often bears thickened setae along the apical end. The third segment is translucent (except /. biicatoma), lacks setae or thickened walls, and resembles a collar. Internally, a canal is visible which communicates between segments 2 and 4. In species with 5 segments, a small seg- ment is present immediately distal to the third; species that have 4 antennal seg- ments have this region completely fused with the club. The apical segment repre- sents the fusion of 3 segments into a club. Setae are randomly dispersed over the club, with longitudinal carinae, thick se- tae, and sensilla on the terminus. The labiomaxillary complex is com- pletely absent, leading to the conclusion that males do not feed (a supposition sup- ported by the comparatively short life of the male). X. Male Mesosoma (Fig. 17) The mesosoma is dorso-ventrally com- pressed, lightly sclerotized, and bears few external surface features. Internally, how- ever, numerous heavily sclerotized ridges are conspicuous. Presumably these are for structural support. The pronotum repre- sents the largest single sclerite of the meso- soma." It is sometimes invested with setae, but more often is glabrous. The posterior margin of the pronotum is indi- cated by a distinct lateral constriction. Setae are often found in this region of the pronotum (cf. /. micheneri). A prescutum is not present in the male, hence the pro- notum attaches directly to the meso- scutum. Since males are apterous, the meso- thorax is not fully developed as in the fe- male. The lateral margins of the meso- notum project outward and these margins may or may not be setose. The remainder of the mesonotum is devoid of surface " Rcid (1941) has indicated that with the re- duction of wings, the mesonotal region may become reduced; concomitant with this change, other regions of the thorax become enlarged. Idarnes conforms to Rcid's observations in that the pronotum is much larger in the male than in the female. MoRPlUJLOGY AND SySTLMATICS OF NeOTKOPICAL PaKASITIC FiG WaSP 409 Craiiial Prkcss Pleural Ridge aire a Propodeiim Pronotum MesonotLini Metanotum 0.1 mm Figs. 16-17. Head (16) and mcsosoma (17) of Idarncs male, dorsal aspects. 410 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin features: notauli, scapulae, axillae, para- scutella, and other features found on the female are absent from the male. Inter- nally, however, an exceedingly complex network of apodemes may be noted. These provide points for muscle attach- ment which are presumably highly modi- fied. In many species (1. micheneri) the mesothoracic discrimen is reduced. How- ever, the internal apodemes (= furca) which it produces seem well developed. The furca of the male projects forward, joining other apodemes (see Fig. 17). The posterior margin of the meta- notum is marked by two very faint lines which project obliquely rearward but do not connect. The metanotum is slightly smaller than the mesonotum and there are numerous internal apodemes evident, but no external surface features are present. The metathoracic discrimen appears to be more fully developed than the correspond- ing mesothoracic structure. The furca is attached to parallel apodemes that connect to other apodemes of the mesothorax. The propodeal spiracles are located near the antero-dorsal edge of the propodeum. Immediately beneath the pronotum lies the propleuron which is subdivided into a mesal proepisternum and a lateral proepi- meron. Each region is about the same size, being separated by a large, conspic- uous, internal pleural ridge. The ridge provides points of attachment for the ster- nal apophysis (furca) as well as for coxal pro- and remotors. This enlarged apo- deme presumably provides strength for the legs, which are used to rip open the gall flowers in which the females develop. An- teriorly, the pleural ridge forms a very large bilobed cranial process. Unlike fe- males, all males exhibit a ball-and-socket type cranial process into which the cranial lobe fits. The position of the paired cra- nial processes limits movement of the head to dorso-ventral flexion. Immediately posterior to the mesally contiguous proepisterna is a small proster- num. It is variable in shape and bears apophyses which serve as endoskeletal support for the prothorax. XI. Male Legs (Figs. 18-20) The legs of the males are uniform in appearance. In fact, the legs of virtually all male fig-inhabiting wasps are strikingly similar, differing only in number of tarsal segments (cf. work of Joseph, Wiebes, Hill, and Grandi), All coxae are large, disc-like, and flattened dorso-ventrally, with setules and campaniform sensillae scattered over the surfaces. The trochan- ters are fused to the femora, and each ap- pears as a sclerotized articulatory process on the basal portion of the femur. In some males a faint impression of the surface indicates the separation of the trochanter from the femur. All femora are smaller than the coxae and appear uniformly flat, disc-like, and lightly invested with setules and sensillae. Each femur is articulated in such a way that the dorsal surface may be rotated beneath and pressed against the ventral surface of the coxa. This feature permits the wasp to move among compact flowers within the fig receptacle. Each tibia is heavily sclerotized, elon- gate, and invested with heavy spine-like setae along the outer and apical margins. These spines permit the wasp to wedge its body into narrow spaces. The fore tibia (Fig. 18) of the male lacks the strigil found in the female. Five tarsomeres are found in male Idarnes (except in /. biicatoma which has 4). The basitarsus is more heavily sclero- tized than the remaining segments and often bears apical spines similar to those found on the tibia. The remaining tarso- meres are lightly sclerotized and easily shed; many males collected from recep- tacles lack tarsomeres 2 to 5 on the fore legs. This probably results from tearing open gall flowers which contain females. Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 411 20 0.1 mm V^ ^y-r- \^^1 Fk;s. 18-2U. Right fore leg (18), middle leg (19), and hind leg (20) of Idanics male. 412 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin XII. Male Gaster (Fig. 21) The gaster is globular and white. There are seven distinct terga and sterna with spiracles only on the seventh (eighth abdominal) tergum. Abdominal segments 8 and 9 are reduced and serve only as the origin of genital components. The pos- terior tergal margins of most species are sinuous, corresponding to the condition found in some females. Terga may be either glabrous or with distinct transverse rows of setae. The length and number of setae vary from species to species. Sterna are always glabrous. XIII. Male Genitalia (Fig. 22) The external genitalia of chalcidoids are relatively featureless when compared with other insects. The basic pattern of Idarnes is indicated below and except for size, little or no variation exists among species. The basal ring which supports the ex- ternal genitalic components is not evident in Idarnes. Instead, support seems drawn from aedaegal rods. The parameres are elongate, undivided lobes, united to the aedaegus basally. Volsellae lie between the parameres and the aedaegus. The free portion of the aedaegus pro- jects between the parameres and bears a pair of lateral rods. Beck (1933) considers these rods gonapophyses of the ninth ab- dominal sternum in bees; Michener (1944a) calls these "mesal basal processes of the gonocoxopodites"; Snodgrass (1951) calls them "lateral sclerotizations of the aedaegus supporting the aedaegal apo- demes." The volsellae appear unique to the Hy- menoptera. Each one consists of an elon- gate, ventral plate which lies adjacent to the paramere. At the distal end are the digitus and cuspis. These are strongly musculated and form pincers. Snodgrass (1941, 1951) and Michener (1944a) have indicated these are used by most Hyme- noptera to grasp and spread female genital membranes during copulation. They pre- sumably function in a similar manner for Idarnes. SYSTEMATICS, MORPHOLOGY, AND DISTRIBUTION OF FICUS The genus Ficiis (Moraecae) includes over 900 described species placed in four subgenera: Urostigma (Banyans), Phar- macosycea, Sycomorus, and Ficiis (Croi- zat, 1952; Corner, 1958, 1965). Of these, only the first two are native in the New World. All members of the genus bear conspicuous hollow syconia (when ma- ture, these are the fig "fruits") which en- close the flowers which line the syconial cavities. Three types of flowers exist: male flowers that contain anthers, female flow- ers, and gall flowers. Condit and Flanders (1945) indicated that the term gall flower is a misnomer since this floral type repre- sents short-styled female flowers. The term will be retained, however, because it is convenient and well established. The arrangement and location of staminate or pistillate flowers within the syconium pro- vide the foundation of fig classification. In monoecious species, male, female, and gall flowers are randomly interspersed within the same syconium; dioecious spe- cies bear male and female flowers on sepa- rate trees with male flowers usually ar- ranged in rows around the ostiole, which is the opening into the syconial cavity. Most species of figs yield 3 or 4 crops per year. A tree will usually have all fruits in the same stage of development, but within a region, trees of the same species may be in different floral stages. This adaptive feature insures pollination by agaonids. Ficiis is absolutely dependent upon in- sects for pollination; all pollinators belong to the family Agaonidae. Recent studies (Ramirez, 1970a, 1970b; Hill, 1967a, 1967b, 1969; Joseph, 1966; Wiebes, 1964, 1966a) have indicated a high degree of host spe- Morphology and Systhmatics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 413 21 22 0.1 mm Figs. 21-24. 21, Metasoma of Idarnes male, dorsal aspect; 22, genitalia of Idarnes male, ventral a.spect: 23, metasoma of Idarnes female, dorsal aspect; 24, pygostyle of Idarnes female, \ entral aspect. 414 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin cificity between pollinating wasp and tree. The life history and pollination ecology of numerous agaonids have been estab- lished (Baker, 1913; GaHl and Eisikowitch, 1968; Ramirez, 1969; Williams, 1928; Eisen, 1896; Carmin and Scheinkin, 1931; Cunningham, 1889). Within a mature syconium the insects develop inside the gall flowers. The wingless males emerge first and move around within the sy- conium in search of females of the same species. The male locates a gall flower containing a female, gnaws a hole in the gall, and mates with the immobile female. Emergence from the syconium is achieved by the males tunneling through the fig wall or ostiolar scales. Several males may work in the tunnel simultaneously, and if the tunnel is not completed, all the inhabi- tants of a syconium will die. The winged females, before leaving their natal fig, gather pollen from the male flowers which are ripe at this time. Some female pollinators collect pollen in sternal or coxal corbiculae. Upon emer- gence from the fig, the females fly to a tree of the same species in the proper floral phase and enter the figs via the ostiole. Once inside the fig, the agaonid wan- ders about, pollinating long-styled female flowers; subsequently, she oviposits in the short-styled gall flowers. Female polli- nators always die inside the receptacle. The young of the next generation mature during the male phase of the same fig. THE PARASITES IN FLORAL ECOLOGY Many non-pollinating hymenopterous inhabitants of figs, members of the fami- lies Torymidae and Eurytomidae, have been described. The relationship between Idarnes and the pollinating agaonids has not been completely established. Katta- mathiathu (= Joseph) (1955) has indicated that Philotrypesis caricae, another tory- mid fig inhabitant, develops "cleptopara- sitically" at the expense of Blastophaga psenes, pollinator of the edible fig, Ficus (Ficits) caricae. P. caricae lacks the so- called "poison glands" which Grandi (1930, 1961) indicated are necessary for the preparation of gall flower endosperm. B. psenes presumably induces gall formation (hence "gall flowers") when its eggs are deposited inside a short-styled flower. Later, the parasite lays its eggs in the same flower and both larvae begin to develop. Both Blastophaga and Philotrypesis de- velop through the second instar at which time the parasite kills the pollinator but does not feed upon it. Concerning the development of Idarnes, the following observations can be made: Examination of preserved syconia of Urostigma figs reveals that the parasites also develop within short-styled flowers. Each flower appears to contain only one pollinator or parasite. Wiebes (1968) has shown that in rare instances two wasps may develop within the same flower. A similar observation has not been made for Idarnes. It has not been established if the male Idarnes mates with the female before or after her emergence from the gall flower or if the male parasites aid the male agaonids in digging an exit tunnel through the wall of the receptacle. One interesting feature of the material examined appears to be the constancy of the tunnel site. Each species of fig appears to have a unique site for the emergence hole. Joseph (1956) has indicated that female torymid parasites will live up to 35 days in the laboratory. Idarnes females have been kept alive at high humidity (+70%) for 9 days without feeding. Observations of /. oscrocata have re- vealed that newly emerged females do not immediately oviposit within receptacles of proper age. Instead, they congregate on the undersides of leaves and on branches of the host tree. Branches and leaves hav- Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 415 ing quiescent Idarnes also bear fruits into which pollinating agaonids are burrowing. If the hypothesis of Grandi regarding atrophied poison glands is correct, the torymids would delay oviposition until after pollination and egg laying by the agaonids. Females of Idarnes do not enter the fie through the ostiole. Instead, they use their long ovipositors to penetrate the receptacle of the fig. Initially the female moves rap- idly over the receptacle, but eventually she slows down. Movement over the syconium continues for a few minutes to half an hour. Several females may be noted on one receptacle. Upon selection of a suit- able place for oviposition, the wasp moves forward slightly, raises the gaster and ele- vates the body by extending the legs. After the tip of the ovipositor has been inserted into the receptacle surface, the wasp moves the body on an anterior-posterior axis, forcing the ovipositor deeper into the re- ceptacle. The wasp moves rearward as the ovipositor penetrates more deeply. Occa- sionally, females have been observed to dis- continue drilling and search for another oviposition site on the same fig. As the ovipositor penetrates the receptacle, the gonostyli project rearward or postero-later- ally. After laying is completed, the female pulls herself forward, extracting the ovi- positor. Developmental time of the parasite varies with the species but is approximately the same as that of the agaonid pollinators. Ramirez (1970b) has observed that for most New World species of Fiats, almost every syconium on a tree is pollinated dur- ing a single day. Oviposition by Idarnes is not as restricted since many parasites may be collected from trees several days after oviposition by the pollinators. HOST SPECIFICITY AND IDARNES The following data indicate that Idarnes develops exclusively within Uro- stigma figs: (1) In 17 collections of figs of the subgenus Pharmacosycea made throughout Mexico during two successive years, only parasites of the genus Crito- gaster emerged from receptacles or were found ovipositing into these figs. (2) In 56 collections of Urostigma figs made in Mexico and Central America, 3 genera of parasites were collected: Heterandriiim, Physothorax, and Idarnes. Idarnes was al- ways the most abundant. (3) At two lo- calities (Izucar de Matamoros, Puebla, Mexico and 12 miles west of Veracruz, Mexico) species of Urostigma and Phar- macosycea were growing sympatrically and wasps were emerging from each fig species. Idarnes aggregated on Urostigma and Cri togas ter aggregated on Pharmaco- sycea, even though the trees were sepa- rated by only 15 to 20 meters. In personal communications, Ramirez has indicated his finding of Idarnes only in figs of the subgenus Urostigma, not only in Mexico and Central America but also in Vene- zuela. Host specificity is also indicated by a study of ovipositor lengths. Ovipositors must be long enough to penetrate the syconial walls. Informal study, not sup- ported by data on wall thicknesses, shows that species of Idarnes with long oviposi- tors inhabit figs with thick walls and those with short ovipositors inhabit small figs with thin walls. Obviously, the Idarnes with short ovipositor could not successfully infest figs with thick walls. Recent authors (cf. Wiebes, Ramirez, Hill, and Joseph, loc. cit.) have indicated a high level of host specificity between pollinator and species of Ficits. Although the proof is not conclusive, a similar ten- dency exists between Idarnes and Ficits. Ten different species of Idarnes have been collected from 10 different species of fig. Moreover, where collections were made in different areas from the same species of fig, the wasps in all instances were pre- 416 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin SLimably conspecific. At least they were morphologically more similar to one an- other than to different species of Idarnes collected on diflferent fig species in the same or adjacent areas. It is entirely unknown whether host specificity is based on host fig alone or also on the pollinator species. Table 1 lists the known Urostigma pollinators and their parasites. REDEFINITION OF IDARNES Idarnes Walker, 1843 Idarnes Walker, 1843, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12:47, 9. Type species: Idarnes airme Walker (monotypic). Tetragonaspis Mayr, 1885, Verb. Zool. Bot. Gesell. Wien 35.205, 9. Type species: Tetragonaspis fhwicollis Mayr. Ganosonia Mayr, 1885, Vcrh. Zool. Bot. Gesell. Wien 35.204, $ . Type species: Ganosoma rohusttim Mayr. Idarnes Ashmead, F'04, Mem. Carnegie Mus. 1:238- 239; 305. Female — Head, mesosoma metallic green; gaster tan with metallic luster; compound eye asetose, red; scape, pedicel amber, remaining segments darker. Head sculptured; antenna inserted below trans- verse middle line of compound eyes; scrobe cavity extending to anterior median ocellus or vertex; inter-antennal ridge pres- ent, but variable. Antenna 12-segmented with 1 annulus or 13-segmented with 2 annuli; flagellomeres carinate and setose; club variable, terminal protuberance pres- ent. Mandible hi- or tridentate; stipes with basal acuminate seta; maxillary pal- pus 2-segmented, segment 1 with disc- shaped sensillum along distal margin, ter- minal segment with proximal acuminate seta and distal margin excindate; labial palp 1-segmented, ligula with 2 to 5 sen- sory pegs; galea with numerous acuminate setae. Pronotum sculptured, collar-like; meso- scutum sculptured, separated from scapula by well developed notaulix; mesoscutellum quadrate; forewing with parastigmal notch sensillate; stigma sensillate; adstigmal setae present; setal tracts conspicuous; hindwing with submarginal vein only. Fore leg with bifurcate calcar; basitarsus with conspicuous strigil; middle leg with coxa small, globular; middle femur slen- der, with 1 or 2 subapical spurs; hind coxa 3 times as large as fore coxa; hind femur setose, sculptured; hind tibia with 1 or 2 subapical spurs. Proepisterna sculptured, Table 1. Neotropical Urostigma figs, pollinators (Blastophaga), and their known Idarnes parasites. Known Tree Pollinator Parasite Collections distribution Fictis aiirea Nuttall B. mexicana Grandi carme Walker 2 West Indies, Florida f. cervantesiana Standi ey bncatoma sp. nov. 1 Costa Rica /•. colitbrinae Standley B. orozcoi Ramirez galbina sp. nov. 1 Costa Rica F. goldmanti Standley oscrocata sp. nov. 2 Mexico, Costa Rica F. hemsleyana Standley B. tondiizi Grandi barhigera sp. nov. 2 Mexico, Costa Rica F. isophelehia Standley B. iirhanae Ramirez micheneri sp. nov. 1 Costa Rica F. jimenezii Standley B. jimenezii Grandi jimenezi sp. nov. 1 Costa Rica F. lapitliijolia Liebmann B. agiiilari Grandi simtis sp. nov. 1 Costa Rica F. ohttisijolia H. B. K. B. /loffmeyeri Grandi ohttisijoliae sp. nov. 3 Mexico, Costa Rica F. ocrstediana Miguel B. standleyi Ramirez cainini sp. nov. 2 Mexico, Costa Rica F. tuerckheimii Standley B. B. niariae Ramirez carlo si Ramirez ashlocki ^P- nov. 4 Mexico, Costa Rica F. velutina Willd. B. torresi Grandi /. flaricollis Mayr 1 Brazil, Costa Rica Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 417 prepectus not completely separated from mesepisternum; discrimen well developed; anapleurite present. Male — Head, mesosoma tan, depressed; gaster white, globular; compound eye re- duced to pigmented spot or absent; ocelli absent; antenna 4- or 5-segmented, basal segment with thick walls, segment 3 trans- lucent; mandible bi- or tridentate, often scythe-like; labiomaxillary complex absent. Pronotum depressed, larger than re- maining thoracic components; wings ab- sent; coxae, femora disc-shaped, dorso- ventrally flattened; tibiae with large con- spicuous spines; basitarsi with apical spurs. Propodeum reduced, demarcated from metanotum by faint, transverse line, spira- cles along antero-lateral margin; gaster with tergites setose; posterior tergal mar- gin often sinuate. KEY TO SOME SPECIES OF IDARNES 1. Head and mesosoma bronze; gaster tan with metallic luster; antenna 12- or 13-segmented; 3 ocelli and com- pound eyes present; wings present; ovipositor longer than remainder of body Females 2 - Head and mesosoma tan; gaster white; antenna with 4 or 5 segments; ocelli, compound eyes, and wings ab- sent Males 13 2. Mandible tridentate; clypeal margin bilobed; antenna 13-segmented with 2 ring segments; mesoscutellum lightly shagreened or smooth; posterior ter- gal margin straight 3 - Mandible bidentate (except /. obtusi- foltae); clypeal margin variable; an- tenna 12-segmented with single ring segment (except /. simus); mesoscu- tellar sculpture variable; posterior tergal margin strongly sinuate 6 3. Head prognathous; antennal scape and pedicel strongly setose (Fig. 26); pedicel twice as long as wide; flagellar setae not verticillate; club compact; pronotum as large as meso- scutum and scapulae combined; ad- stigmal setae of forewing forming a dense cluster (Fig. 54) /. bucatoma - Head hypognathous; antennal scape and pedicel bearing few setae; pedi- cel not elongate; flagellomeres with distinct whorls of setae hasally; club not compact; pronotum smaller than mesoscutum and scapulae combined; forewing with fewer adstigmal setae 4 4. Vertex of head flat; frons weakly rugose /. camini - Vertex of head convex; frons smooth 5 5. Toruli just below middle line of com- pound eyes; scrobe shallow, smooth; clypeus bilobed; ovipositor 4.5 times gaster length; gonostyli bearing only a few small setae /. fiavicollis - Toruli at lower margin of compound eyes; scrobe cavity deep, rugose; clyp- eus trilobed; ovipositor 3.5 times gas- ter length; gonostyli bearing large conspicuous setae along mesal sur- face /. rnicheneri 6. Antennal flagellomeres, 2 times as long as wide (Fig. 34); ovipositor 5 times gaster length /. simus - Flagellomeres less than 2 times as long as wide; ovipositor less than 5 times gaster length 7 7. Antenna inserted at or just below middle line of compound eyes; meso- scutellum lacunose or smooth; stigma not tumid 8 Antenna inserted at level of ventral margin of compound eyes; mesoscu- tellum smooth; stigma tumid 9 8. Interantennal ridge acute; marginal tract not extending to postmarginal vein (Fig. 56); prepectus laterally favose, mesally rugose; ovipositor 4 times gaster length; gonostylar setae minute /. barbigera - Interantennal ridge flat; marginal tract reaching postmarginal vein (Fig. 50); prepectus uniformly ru- gose; ovipositor 2.5 times gaster length; gonostylar setae conspicuous /. galbina 9. Anal tract absent; ovipositor at least 3.0 times gaster length 10 - Anal tract present (Fig. 59); oviposi- tor 2.5 times gaster length .... /. jimetjezi 10. Scape extending to vertex; frons smooth; prepectus favose, pattern fading mesally, mesepisternum later- ally rugose, shagreened at discrimen; ovipositor 6 times gaster length; 418 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin gonostylar setae minute /. oscrocata - Scape not reaching vertex; frons not smooth (except /. cartne); ovipositor several times more or less than 6 times gaster length 11 11. Vertex sinuous as seen from front; frons, prepectus favose; mesepister- num laterally favose, smooth at dis- crimen; ovipositor 8 times gaster length /. obtusijoliae Vertex flat; frons not lacunose; pre- jxctus rugose; mesepisternum later- ally rugose; ovipositor considerably less than 8 times gaster length 12 12. Frons favose; terga smooth; oviposi- tor 4 times gaster length /. ashlocf(i - Frons smooth; gastral terga sha- greened; ovipositor 3 times gaster length /. carme 13. Antenna 4-segmented (Fig. 43), seg- ment 3 not translucent; legs with 4 tarsomeres (Figs. 116-118). .. /. bucatoma - Antenna 4- or 5-segmented, segment 3 translucent; legs with 5 tarso- meres 14 14. Antenna 4-segmented with no con- striction at base of club 15 - Antenna 5-segmented or 4-segmented with a constriction at base of club .... 18 15. Mandible tridentate, not scythe-like; posterior tergal margin sinuate 16 Mandible bidentate, occasionally scythe-like; posterior tergal margin straight or sinuate 17 16. Antenna 4-segmented (Fig. 46), fla- gellomeres moderately setose; middle and hind tibiae with long apical spurs (Figs. 105, 106) /. michenen Antenna 4-segmented, flagellomeres sparsely setose (Fig. 37); tibiae with- out long apical spurs (Figs. 86-88) /. galbina 17. Hind tibia with large apical spur; middle and hind basitarsi spinose, elongate (Figs. 99, 100); gastral sterna with minute setae /. camini Tibiae with apical spurs of inter- mediate length; basitarsi with few apical spines (Figs. 110-112) /. jimenezi 18. Tibiae without large spurs 19 - Middle and/or hind tibiae with long apical spurs 20 19. Hind basitarsus lacking apical spines, nearly as long as tibia (Fig. 115); clypeal margin with 2 small mesal spines /. oscrocata - Hind basitarsus with apical spines, less than half as long as tibia (Fig. 91); clypeal margin lacking mesal spines /• simus 20. Mandible tridentate (Fig. 75) /. flavicollis - Mandible bidentate 21 21. Mandible scythe-like; posterior tergal margin straight 22 Mandible not scythe-like; posterior tergal margin sinuate 23 22. Head with small setae uniformly dis- tributed on dorsal surface; clypeal margin straight; middle and hind tibiae with apical spurs (Figs. 108, 109) /. barbigera - Dorsal surface of head sparsely se- tose; clypeal margin concave; tibiae lacking long apical spurs (Figs. 95- 97) /. carme 23. Middle tibia with long apical spur (Fig. 102) /. obtusijoliae - Middle tibia without long apical spur (Fig. 84) /. ashloc\i SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT All of the named species that fall in Idarnes as here restricted are listed in this section. Locations of type material and voucher specimens for newly described species or species treated in detail appear in Table 2. Etymological origins of new names are given in Table 3. Characters are sequentially numbered in each description for convenient com- parison among descriptions. For example, mandibular dentition may be ascertained for females of all species by looking for number 21 in each description. Idarnes ashlocl{i, new species Female — Body length 1.5 mm, oviposi- tor 4.0 mm long. (1, 2) Head, mesosoma metallic mossy green; (3) gaster bronze with metallic luster; (4) scape, pedicel smoky brown, remaining segments ebony; (5) legs uniformly tawny; (6) prester- num, mesosternum metallic green. (7) Head hypognathous, in frontal as- pect wider than long; compound eye weakly protuberant; (8) entire head with Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 419 Table 2. Disposition of types and voucher specimens of Idarnes}^ K.U. U.S.N.M.N.H. Pret. Lenin. B.M. Leiden Canberra Ramirez iishIocl{i 9 H A 1 9 P 9 P harhigera 9 S A 1 9 P 9 P hiicatoma 9 H A 1 9 P 9 P c a mini 9 $ H A I 9 P 9 P cunne 1 9 9 Nco 9 1 i 1 £ flavicollis 1 1 9 1 9 9 galhina 9 S H A 1 9 P 9 P jimenezi 9 H A 1 1 9 S P 9 P micheneri 9 i H A I 1 9 P 9 P obtitsifoUae 9 H A I 1 9 6 P 9 P OS croc at a 9 H A 1 9 P 9 P simtis 9 6 H A 1 9 P 9 P I9P 19P 19P 19P 19P 1 9 P 19 1 9 1 9 9 P 1 9 P 1 9 P 19 P 19P I9P 19 P 19P 1 9 P 1 9 P 1 9 P 9 P 1 9 P 1 9 1 9 1 9 1 9 1 9 1 9 1 9 1 9 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19 P 19 P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P 19P * Abbreviations used. Names in parentheses refer to individual to whom material was sent. K.U. = Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas (G. W. Byers). U.S.N.M.N.H. = U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. (B. D. Burks). Pret. = Plant Protection Research Institute, Pretoria, Republic of South Africa (D. P. Annecke). Lenin. = Zoological Institute, Academy of Science, Leningrad, U.S.S.R. (V. Trjapitzin). B. M. = Bridsh Museum (Natural History), England (R. D. Eady). Leiden = Rijksuniversiteit, Leiden, Netherlands (J. T. Wiebes). Canberra = C.S.I.R.O., Canberra, Australia (E. Riek). Ramirez = W. Ramirez. H^Holotype; P^Paraty^x:; A = Allotype; Neo = Neotype. Table 3. Etymological origin of new Idarnes species names. Epithet Origin /. ashlocki I. harhigera I. hue atom a 1. catnini I. galhina I. jimenezi I. micheneri I. ohtusifoliae I. oscrocata I. simtis Patronym of P. D. Ashlock, Hemipterist barbigera = bearded bu = large; catoma = shoulders Patronym of J. H. Camin, Acarologist galbina = jaundiced Fictis /imcnezii Patronym of C. D. Michener, Hymenopterist Ficus ohtiisifolia OS = mouth; crocatus = saffron yellow simus = flat nosed 420 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin bold, uniform favose sculpture; setae sparse; (9) margin of vertex flat; (10) an- tenna inserted at ventral margin of com- pound eye; (11) toruli separated by twice diameter of torulus; (12) scrobe with 2 favose, shallow channels converging at an- terior ocellus; (13) interantennal ridge not strongly convex. (14) Antenna 12-seg- mented (Fig. 28); (15) scape shagreened, setose, extending to median ocellus; (16) pedicel shagreened, setose; (17) flagello- meres as wide as long, verticillate; setae inflexible; setae and carinae equal in num- ber; (18) club weak; terminal protuber- ance inconspicuous. (19) Frons favose, asetose; (20) clypeal margin weakly bi- lobed; (21) mandible (Fig. 63) tridentate, tooth margin sharply incised. (22) Maxil- lary palpus 2-segmented, palpifer not evi- dent; (23) palpiger not evident; (24) ligula with 2 sensory pegs; (25) paraglossa enveloping 3/4 of ligular margin; (26) galea strongly setose. (27) Pronotum favose along postero- dorsal margin, remainder shagreened; (28, 29, 30, 31) mesoscutum, scapula, parascu- tellum and axilla favose; (32) mesoscutel- lum lacunose; (33) meson of metanotum favose, lateron smooth. (34) Forewing (Fig. 51) with submarginal vein 3.5 times as long as marginal vein; postmarginal vein 2 times stigmal vein; (35) stigma weakly tumid; (36) 2 adstigmal setae; (37) marginal tract ending well before postmarginal vein; Ri tract ending before terminus of marginal tract; submarginal tract reaching stigma; medial tract pres- ent; discal, anal tracts absent. (38) Fore and hind coxae lightly sculptured, middle coxa smooth; (39) femora sculptured; (40) middle and hind tibiae each with single large apical spur; (41) fore basitar- sus as long as tarsomere 2; middle basi- tarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-5; hind basi- tarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-4. (42) Proepisternum bronze, lightly sculptured, smaller than fore coxa, bearing single cra- nial process; (43) prosternum triangular, lightly shagreened; discrimen short; (44) prepectus rugose; (45) mesepisternum laterally rugose, pattern becoming sha- greened at discrimen; (46) mesepimeron uniformly rugose; (47) anapleurite lightly shagreened. (48) Propodeum 3.5 times as wide as long; meson favose, with pattern laterally evanescent; (49) gaster larger than head and mesosoma; (51) sterna glabrous; (52) ovipositor and gonostylus 4 times gastral length; (53) gonostylar setae short. Male— Body length 2.0 mm. (54, 55) Head, mesosoma tan; mandible dark red; (56) gaster milky white; (57) third an- tennal segment translucent, remaining seg- ments tan; (58) leg segments concolorous with mesosoma. (59) Head with lateral margin bearing short setae; (60) mandible (Fig. 71) bi- dentate, scythe-like; tooth margin not sharply incised; (61) antenna (Fig. 39) 4- segmented, basal portion of segment 4 con- stricted, nearly forming a distinct segment; (62) all legs with 5 tarsomeres (Figs. 83- 85) ; hind tibia with long apical spur, basi- tarsi elongate. (63) Gastral terga smooth, with long setae; posterior tergal margins sinuate; (64) sterna smooth, asetose. Material — Described from 16 females and 3 males collected at San Rafael, He- redia, Costa Rica on 23 May 1964 by Wil- liam Ramirez; 14 females and 2 males collected 7 miles northeast of Coscoma- tepec, Veracruz, Mexico on 8 August 1969 by the author and Ramirez; 12 fe- males and 1 male collected 10 August 1969 at Cordoba, Veracruz, Mexico by Rami- rez; and 16 females and 4 males collected by the author at Campeche, Campeche, Mexico on 7 July 1970. In each instance the host fig was Ficus titercJ^heimii Standley. Ficiis tuerchjieimn is distributed throughout Central America and Mexico. Standley (1917) indicates it is closely re- Morphology and Systhmatics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 421 lated to F. jimenezii, but differs in leaf shape and venation. Holotype — A dissected female mounted in Hover's medium on 2 slides, each with 3 coverslips. Both hibels are inscribed: "Idarnes ashlocl^i. San Rafael, Heredia, Costa Rica. 23 May 1%4, leg. W. Ramirez, ex. F. Uierc\heim'n. HOLOTYPE." Al- lotype— One dissected male mounted in Hoyer's medium on 1 slide under 3 cover- slips. The label bears the same data as indicated above. Paratypes — Nine females mounted in the manner indicated for the holotype above with a similar label in- scription. Variation — Idarnes ashlockj females are quite constant in appearance. Some vari- ation in the vertex shape (9), length of setal tracts in the wings (37), number of adstigmal setae (^6), and shape of the prosternum (27) have been noted. Males from the northern limit of the species may have scythe-like mandibles (60). Con7parative Comments— I. ashloc\i seems most nearly related to /. obtnsifoliae, but may be distinguished from this and other species of Idarnes on the basis of the following characters: females with favose sculpture on head (8) and mesosoma (2ody length 1.4 mm, oviposi- tor 3.7 mm long. (1, 2) Head and meso- soma chestnut brown with sheen, margin of oral fossa light; (3) gaster brown with tawny luster, posterior margins of terga each bearing dark transverse band; (4) antenna tawny; (5) leg segments uni- formly gold; (6) presternum translucent, mesosternum concolorous with head and mesosoma. (7) Head hypognathous; in frontal as- pect nearly round; compound eye not pro- tuberant; ((S) face weakly rugose; gena strongly asetose; (9) vertex flat; (10) an- tenna inserted at middle line of compound eye; (11) toruli separated by diameter of single torulus; (12) scrobe cavity shallow, smooth, lateral walls carinate, extending to anterior ocellus; (13) interantennal ridge not acute. (14) Antenna 13-segmented (Fig. 3)3)\ (15) scape extending to vertex; (16) pedicel with few setae; (17) flagello- meres longer than wide, verticillate; setae inflexible, more numerous than carinae; (1(S) club present; terminal protuberance conspicuous. (19) Frons weakly sha- greened, setose; (20) clypeal margin bi- lobed; (21) mandible tridentate (Fig. 67), tooth margin sharply incised. (22) Maxil- lary palpus 2-segmented; palpifer well formed; {!?>) palpiger not evident; (24) ligula with 2 sensory pegs; (25) paraglossa enveloping basal 1/2 of ligula; (26) galea moderately setose. (27) Pronotum smaller than scapulae and mesoscutum, campanulate, uniformly shagreened; (28, 29) mesoscutum, scapula rugose; (30, 31) axilla, parascutellum strongly shagreened; (32) mesoscutellum lightly shagreened; {3>3>) meson of meta- notum smooth, lateron Hghtly sculptured. (34) Forewing (Fig. 55) with submargi- nal vein 3 times as long as marginal vein; Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 425 stigmal vein 3 times postmarginal vein; (35) stigma tumid, sensilla conspicuous; (36) 5 adstigmal setae; (37) marginal tract ending before postmarginal vein; Ri tract extending to postmarginal vein; sub- marginal tract reaching stigma; discal, medial, anal tracts absent. (38) Fore and hind coxae lightly sculptured; (39) femora lightly setose; (40) middle tibia bearing 1 subapical spur; hind tibia setose, bearing 1 apical spur; (41) fore basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-5. (42) Proepisternum slightly larger than fore coxa, shagreened, bearing single cranial process; (43) pro- sternum triangular, smooth, setose along posterior margin; furca broadly attached to posterior margin of presternum; (44) prepectus rugose; (45) mesepisternum lat- erally shagreened, smooth at discrimen; (46) mesepimeron weakly shagreened; (47) anapleurite smooth. (48) Propodeum 3.5 times as wide as long, meson smooth, lateral region sha- greened; (49) gaster ovoid; (50) terga shagreened, setose; posterior tergal mar- gins straight; (51) sterna coriaceous; (52) ovipositor and gonostylus 3.5 times gas- ter length; (53) gonostylar setae along mesal surface large. Male— Body length 1.1 mm. (54, 55) Head, mesosoma tan; mandible red; (56) gaster milky white; (57) antennal scape red; (58) legs straw colored. (59) Head with long setae along poste- rior and lateral margins; (60) mandible (Fig. 79) bidentate with tooth margin sharply incised; (61) antenna (Fig. 38) 5- segmented; (62) legs with 5 tarsomeres (Figs. 98-100) ; middle and hind tibiae with single long apical spur; fore basitarsus short, middle and hind basitarsi spinose, elon- gate. (63) Gastral terga asetose, posterior margins sinuate; (64) sterna with minute setae. Material — Described from 24 females and 3 males collected by William Ramirez at La Virgen, Heredia, Costa Rica on 31 May 1964 and 9 females and 2 males col- lected 15 June 1969 by the author and Ramirez 7.1 miles northeast of Coscoma- tepec, Veracruz, Mexico. Ficits oerstedi- ana Mic]uel was the host tree in both instances. Ficiis oerstediana is distributed through- out Mexico, Central America, and into Colombia. Holotype — One dissected female mounted in Hoyer's medium on 2 slides under 6 coverslips. Each label is inscribed : ''Idarnes camini. La Virgen, Heredia, Costa Rica. 31 May 1964, leg W. Ramirez, ex. Ficus oerstediana. HOLOTYPE." Al- lotype— One dissected male mounted in Hoyer's medium on a single slide under 3 coverslips. The label is inscribed as is the holotype label. Paratypes — Eight dissected females mounted in the manner indicated above for the holotype. Each label is in- scribed as above. Variation — Some females have setae on the vertex (9) ; the frons may be smooth and glabrous (19); 4 ligular spines (24) and 4 adstigmal setae (36) may be present. The series of males was too small to show variation. Comparative Comments — Idarnes ca- mini females may be recognized by the combination of setose gena (8), distinctive antennal appearance (14-18), mesoscutum lightly shagreened (32), long postmargi- nal vein (34), and large setae on the gono- stylus (53). Males are identifiable by the long setae on the head (59), bidentate mandible (60), 5-segmented antenna (61), and sinuous posterior tergal margins {63). Idarnes carme Walker Idarnes carme Walker, 18-13, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12:47, 9. Female — Body length 1.5 mm, oviposi- tor 2.2 mm long. (1, 2, 3) Head, meso- soma, and gaster reddish brown with faint sheen; (4) antenna concolorous with head; (5) legs tan; (6) presternum nearly yel- low, mesosternum reddish brown. 426 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin I (7) Head hypognathous, in frontal as- pect distinctly wider than long; compound eye not protuberant; (8) face lightly setose, favose, pattern bolder toward vertex; gena setose, lacunose; (9) vertex flat; (10) an- tenna (Fig. 32) inserted at ventral margin of compound eye; (11) toruli separated by twice diameter of torulus; antennifer small; (12) scrobe evanescent, lacunose, not extending to anterior ocellus; (13) in- terantennal ridge setose, broad, nearly smooth; (14) antenna 12-segmented; (15) scape short, weakly setose; (16) pedicel not elongate, smooth, lightly setose; (17) flagellomeres longer than wide, longitu- dinal carinae more numerous than inflex- ible setae; (18) club weakly formed; ter- minal protuberance inconspicuous. (19) Frons smooth, setose; (20) clypeal margin straight; (21) mandible (Fig. 72) biden- tate, tooth margin moderately incised. (22) Maxillary palpus 2-segmented; pal- pifer weak; (23) palpiger absent; (24) ligula with 4 sensory pegs; (25) paraglossa enveloping 3/4 of ligular margin; (26) galea with numerous acuminate setae. (27) Pronotum with postero-dorsal sur- face favose, remainder shagreened; (28) mesoscutum favose; (29) scapula lacunose, weakly setose; (30, 31) axilla, parascutel- lum rugose; axilla weakly setose; (32) mesoscutellum lacunose, nearly smooth, lateral margin setose; (^3) meson of meta- notum lacunose, nearly smooth; lateron shagreened. (34) Forewing (Fig. 53) with submarginal vein 3 times as long as mar- ginal vein; postmarginal vein over 2 times stigmal vein; (35) stigma tumid, sensillae large; (36) single adstigmal seta present; (37) marginal tract ending before post- marginal vein; Ri tract short; submargi- nal tract reaching to stigma; discal, medial, and anal tracts absent. (38) Coxae all lightly shagreened, weakly setose; (39) femora lightly shagreened, weakly setose; (40) middle and hind tibiae each with single apical spur; (41) fore basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-3; middle and hind basitarsi as long as tarsomeres 2-4. (42) Proepisternum larger than forecoxa, sha- greened, with single cranial process; (43) prosternum hemispherical, smooth; discri- men short; (44, 45) prepectus, mesepister- num laterally rugose, mesally smooth; (46) mesepimeron shagreened; (47) ana- pleurite smooth. (48) Propodeum 3 times as wide as lone, smooth; median longitudinal carina absent; (49) gaster as large as mesosoma; (50) terga lightly shagreened, setose; pos- terior tergal margins sinuate; (51) sterna smooth; (52) ovipositor and gonostylus 3 times gaster length; (53) gonostylus with setae along mesal surface, progressively more numerous distally. Male— Body length 0.8 mm. (54, 55) Head, mesosoma tan; (56) gaster milky white; (57) antenna pale, nearly white; (58) legs concolorous with mesosoma, tibial margins red. (59) Head with few short setae along dorsal surface; clypeal margin concave; (60) mandible (Fig. 73) bidentate, tooth margin not sharply incised; (61) antenna (Fig. 40) 4-segmented, with few setae; (62) all legs with 5 tarsomeres (Figs. 95- 97); tibiae lacking long apical spurs; basi- tarsi elongate, with few apical spines. (63) Gastral terga asetose, posterior tergal mar- gins straight; (64) sterna smooth, asetose. Material — Redescribed from 6 females collected in part by H. H. Smith on St. Vincent and Barbados, West Indies (date of collection not indicated), and 27 fe- males and 3 males collected by R. E. Beer on 10 April 1968 from the Florida Keys. In each instance the host tree was Ficus aitrea. Walker's type material should be in the British Museum (Natural History) but cannot now be located. Material bor- rowed from the U.S. National Museum of Natural History through the courtesy of B. D. Burks had been collected in the Morphology and SvsThMATics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 427 West Indies and identified as Idurnes curme by Ashmead and Girault. Walker did not describe the male of this species, nor are any males present in the U.S. Na- tional Museum of Natural History from the West Indies. The females collected by Beer in Florida are considered conspecific with the material from the West Indies. The epithet "aurea" has been used to describe varieties of Ficiis elastica Rox- burgh and F. macrophylla Desfontaines. However, these are not to be confused with F. aurea Nuttall, the Florida Stran- i^ling Fig. The species is found in south- ern Florida and the Bahamas, in addition to the West Indies. Neotvpe—A dissected female mounted in Canada balsam on 2 slides with 3 cover- slips each. Both labels are inscribed: "Idarnes carme Walker. St. Vincent, W. I., female, leg. H. H. Smith 209. NEO- TYPE." Variation — Some variation may be noted in the sculpturing of the female head (8) and mesosoma (28-33). Males were not collected in large enough num- bers to detect variation. Comparative Comments — I dames carme may be distinguished from other species by females with brunneous color (1, 2, 3), antenna inserted at level of ventral margin of compound eyes (10), shallow scrobe (12), setose interantennal ridge (13), mesosoma with setae on dorsal surface (29-32), and setae of the gonostylus be- coming progressively more numerous dis- tally (53). Males have a bidentate man- dible (60), 4-segmented antenna (61), and straight posterior tergal margins (63). Idarnes coriaria (Mayr) Tetragonaspis coriaria Mayr, 1885, Verh. Zool. Bot. Gesell. Wicn 35:209. This species was adequately described by Mayr from Brazilian material collected bv Fritz Miiller. The male remains un- described and the Ficus host is unknown. The species belongs in Idarnes as here lim- ited but differs from the more northern species described herein. Idarnes flavicollis (Mayr) Tetragonaspis flavicollis Mayr, 1885, Verh. Zool. Bot. Gesell. Wien 35:207-208, $. Ganosoma rolntstttm Mayr, 1885, Verh. Zool. Bot. Gesell. Wien 35:204, c? . Female — Body length 2.5 mm, oviposi- tor 5.0 mm long. (1, 2) Head, mesosoma metallic dark green; (3) gaster smoky brown; (4) scape basally tan, becoming progressively darker distally; pedicel and remaining segments reddish brown; (5) fore and hind coxae tawny brown; remain- ing leg segments dirty white; (6) prester- num, mesosternum concolorous with head and mesosoma. (7) Head hypognathous, in frontal as- pect oval, nearly round; (8) face progres- sively more rugose above toruli; vertex favose; gena rugose along margin of com- pound eye, remainder smooth; genal sur- face setose; (9) vertex convex; (10) an- tenna (Fig. 29) inserted just below midline of compound eye; (11) toruli separated by 1.5 times diameter of torulus; (12) scrobe shallow, glabrous, terminated at anterior ocellus; (13) interantennal ridge short. (14) Antenna 13-segmented; (15) scape setose, shagreened, extending beyond ver- tex; (16) pedicel not elongate, setose; (17) flagellomeres longer than wide, verticillate, with flexible setae; (18) club not distinct; terminal protuberance conspicuous. (19) Frons smooth, asetose; (20) clypeal margin bilobed; (21) mandible tridentate (Fig. 69), tooth margin not sharply incised. (22) Maxillary palpus 2-segmented; palpifer evident; (23) palpiger evident; (24) ligula with 4 sensory pegs; (25) paraglossa en- veloping 2/3 of ligular margin; (26) galea with numerous acuminate setae. (27) Pronotum with postero-dorsal sur- face rugose, remainder shagreened; (28, 29, 30, 31) mesoscutum, scapula, axilla, parascutellum uniformly rugose; (32) mesoscutellum shagreened with pattern lightly incised; lateral margin asetose; 428 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin (3)3) meson of metanotum rugose, lateron smooth, setose. (34) Forewing (Fig. 48) with sLibmarginal vein 3 times as long as marginal vein; stigmal vein 2 times post- marginal vein; (35) stigma tumid with large sensillae; (36) adstigmal setae vari- able; (37) marginal tract ending at post- marginal vein; Ri tract absent; submargi- nal tract reaching stigma; discal, medial, anal tracts absent; (3S) all coxae sculp- tured, setose; (39) femora setose; hind femur and coxa subequal in size; (40) middle tibia with single apical spur; hind tibia with 2 subequal apical spurs; (41) fore basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-3; middle basitarsus longer than remaining tarsomeres; hind basitarsus as long as tar- someres 2-5. (42) Proepisternum as large as fore coxa, asetose, rugose, bearing single elongate cranial process; (43) prosternum subtrapezoidal, rugose; discrimen ex- tending to center; (44) prepectus laterally rugose, pattern fading mesally; (45) mesepisternum uniformly shagreened; spinasternum smooth, well developed; (46) mesepimeron laterally rugose, sha- greened at pleural suture; (47) anapleurite smooth. (48) Propodeum 3 times as wide as long, smooth; area antero-lateral to spira- cles setose; median longitudinal carina ab- sent; (49) gaster larger than head and mesosoma combined; (50) terga lightly shagreened; posterior half of each tergum uniformly setose; posterior tergal margins straight; (51) sterna smooth, glabrous; (52) ovipositor 4.5 times gaster length; (53) gonostylus with few small setae along mesal surface. Male— Body length 1.9 mm. (54, 55) Head, mesosoma tan; (56) gaster pale, nearly dirty white; (57) antenna tan; (58) legs concolorous with mesosoma, tibial margins reddish. (59) Dorsal surface of head smooth; clypeal margin weakly concave; (60) man- dible tridentate (Fig. 75), front tooth mar- gin sharply incised; (61) antenna (Fig. 47) 5-segmented; (62) each leg with 5 tarsomeres; tibio-tarsal complex (Figs. 92- 94) with fore basitarsus short, middle and hind tibiae with long spurs. (63) Gastral terga asetose, posterior margins straight; (64) sterna smooth. Material — Twenty-one female and 8 male wasps collected at La Caiiada, Car- tago, Costa Rica by William Ramirez on 31 January 1963 from Ficiis vehitina Willd. Comparative Comments — Superficially this species resembles Idarnes simiis, but it may be distinguished on the basis of the following female characters: /. favicollis has a rugose face (8), the antenna 13- segmented (14), frons asetose (19), lateral margin of mesoscutellum asetose (32), lat- eron of metanotum setose (33), the stig- mal vein twice as long as the postmarginal vein (34), the prosternum subtrapezoidal in shape (43), the anapleurite smooth (47), and the posterior tergal margins straight (50). Mayr (1885) described Ganosoma ro- biistiim from Brazil as developing in re- ceptacles of the same tree as Idarnes flavi- collis. The material from Costa Rica reveals two distinct male morphs, neither of which conforms to G. robiistiim very well. The marked male dimorphism may be due to nutrition, which could also ac- count for the discrepancy between the material examined from Costa Rica and Mayr's G. robustum. Since the larger form is more common, and since the smaller foriTL could conceivably be the male of another symbiont, I have described above only the larger of the two morphs. The problem of association of sexes is still not satisfactorily solved, and the Costa Rican material may represent a new species. The female from Costa Rica, however, agrees with /. flavicollis from Brazil. Mayr failed to give the species of fig from which Idarnes flavicollis emerged. Ficits veliitina Willd. if found throughout Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 429 Central America, but it is uncertain whether or not it grows in South America. Type Locality — Santa Catarina, l^razil. Idarnes jorticornis (Mayr) Tctragonaspis jorticornis Ma\r, 1S85, Vcrli. Zool. Hot. Gcscll. Wicn 35:208, 9. This species was described from mate- rial collected in Brazil. The male remains undescribed and the Ficiis host unre- corded. This is a species of Idarnes as here restricted. Idarnes galbina, new species Female — Body length 1.0 mm, oviposi- tor 1.9 mm long. (1, 2, 3) Head, meso- soma, gaster shining brown; (4) antenna concolorous with body; (5) legs uniformly straw colored; (6) presternum chestnut brown; mesosternum shining brown. (7) Head hypognathous, in frontal as- pect nearly round; compound eye weakly protuberant; (8) face shagreened at toruli, pattern becoming progressively bolder to- ward vertex; (9) vertex convex; gena his- pidous, smooth; (10) antenna inserted just below midline of compound eye; (11) toruli separated by 2 times torulus diam- eter; (12) scrobe cavity short, not reaching anterior ocellus; lateral walls carinate; (13) interantennal ridge broad, flat. (14) Antenna 12-segmented (Fig. 31); (15) scape weakly setose, smooth, reaching lower margin of anterior ocellus; (16) pedicel with very few setae; (17) flagello- meres as long as wide, carinae long; cari- nae more numerous than setae; (18) club nearly absent; terminal protuberance not conspicuous. (19) Frons lightly shag- reened, marginally setose; (20) clypeal margin convex; (21) mandible bidentate (Fig. 68), tooth margin not sharply in- cised. (22) Maxillary palpus 2-segmented; palpifer not evident; (23) palpiger not evi- dent; (24) ligula with 2 sensory pegs; (25) paraglossa enveloping entire ligular mar- gin; (26) galea with few acuminate setae. (27) Pronotum lightly shagreened; (28) mesoscutum favose along scuto-scu- tellar suture, pattern distorted cephalad; (29, 30, 31) axilla, scapula, parascutellum rugose; (32) mesoscutellum glabrous; (33) meson of metanotum lacunose, lat- eron weakly sculptured. (34) Forewing (Fig. 50) with submarginal vein 3 times as long as marginal vein; postmarginal vein 2 times stigmal vein; (35) stigma not tumid, sensillae small; (36) 2 adstigmal setae; (37) marginal tract ending at post- marginal vein; Ri tract present, ending behind postmarginal vein; submarginal tract not reaching stigma; discal, anal tracts absent; medial tract present. (38) Fore coxa lightly shagreened, hind coxa rugose; (39) femora shagreened, setose; (40) middle tibia with medial setal tract, single apical spur; hind tibia bearing setal tract, several subequal apical spurs; (41) fore basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-3; middle and hind basitarsi as long as tarso- meres 2-4. (42) Proepisternum as large as fore coxa, glabrous, bearing single elon- gate cranial process; (43) prosternum nearly round, glabrous; discrimen only at base of structure; (44) prepectus rugose; (45) mesepisternum shagreened, pattern evanescent at discrimen; (46) mesepimeron uniformly shagreened; (47) anapleurite smooth. (48) Propodeum 5 times as wide as long, lacunose; median longitudinal carina absent; (49) gaster ovoid; (50) posterior tergal margins sinuate; each tergum with transverse row of small, inconspicuous se- tae; (51) sterna smooth; (52) ovipositor and gonostylus 2.5 times gaster length; (53) gonostylus with setae becoming pro- gressively longer, more numerous distally. Male— Body length 0.9 mm. (54, 55) Head and mesosoma chestnut; (56) gaster dirty white; (57) scape light tan, club white; (58) all leg segments concolorous with head and mesosoma. (59) Head with postero-dorsal surface setose; clypeal margin sinuate; (60) man- 430 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin dible tridentate (Fig. 77). tooth margin moderately incised; (61) antenna 4-seg- mented (Fig. 37), inserted at base of man- dible; segment 3 translucent, collar-like; lateral walls of scape not thick; (62) all legs with 5 tarsomeres; tibio-tarsal com- plexes (Figs. 86-88) as figured; (63) each tergum bearing transverse row of very long setae; posterior tergal margins sinu- ate; (64) sterna smooth. Material — Described from 42 females and 16 males collected at Puerto Viejo, Heredia, Costa Rica, by William Ramirez on 16 May 1964 from Ficiis colubrinae. Holotype — A dissected female mounted in Hoyer's medium on 2 slides, each bear- ing 3 coverslips. Both labels are inscribed: "Idarnes galbina. Puerto Viejo, Heredia, Costa Rica. 16 May 1964, leg. W. Ramirez, ex. Ficiis colubrinae. HOLOTYPE." Al- lotype— A single male, dissected, on 1 slide with the parts under 3 coverslips. The in- scription on the label is the same as above. Paratypes — Eight females, Canada balsam or Hoyer's medium, mounted in the man- ner indicated above for the holotype, with a similar label inscription. Variation — While this species is exceed- ingly small, occasionally a large (1.4 mm) female may be found; the antennal scape may bear some setae (15), the ligula has a variable number of sensory pegs (24), and the mesoscutellum may bear a shagreened sculpture pattern (32). Males also exhibit some variation in size, and in setal num- ber on the antennal club (61). Comparative Comments — This species of Idarnes may be distinguished from oth- ers on the basis of the following key fe- male characters: smooth, hispidous gena (8), 12-segmented antenna (13), flagello- meres with more carinae than setae (17), clypeal margin convex (20), mesoscutum with distorted favose sculpture (28), me- dial vein tract present {37), and a thin, transverse, lacunose propodeum. Males may bear long setae on the dorsum of the head (59), and antenna (61) may appear 5-segmented, with the base of the club constricted. Idarnes galbina seems most closely re- lated to /. carme. The female antennae of both species are similar, the sculpturing patterns of the mesosoma overlap, and the labiomaxillary complexes resemble one another. Idarnes gracilicornis (Mayr) Ganosoma atteniiatiim Mayr, 1885, Verh. Zool. Bot. Gescll. Wicn 35:204, ^ . Tetragonaspis gracilicornis Mayr, 1885, Verh. Zool. Bot. Gcsell. Wien 35:208, $. Ashmead (1904) originally associated the female T. gracilicornis with the male G. atteniiatnm , but oflfered no reason for doing so. Thus some question remains as to the correct association between the spe- cies synonomized under /. gracilicornis. I have not had an opportunity to examine the material Ashmead used and from the original descriptions it is not possible to correctly associate the sexes. Idarnes jimenezi, new species Fetnale — Body length 2.1 mm, oviposi- tor 2.3 mm long. (1, 2) Head, mesosoma dark metallic green; (3) gaster rusty red; (4) antenna reddish brown; (5) coxae concolorous with mesosoma; remaining leg segments tan; (6) prosternum gold. (7) Head hypognathous, in frontal as- pect nearly round; eye weakly protuber- ant; (8) vertex favose, pattern evanescent over remainder of head; setae irregularly dispersed over face; (9) margin of vertex strongly sinuate; (10) antenna inserted at ventral margin of compound eye; (11) toruli separated by diameter of torulus; (12) scrobe cavity deep, lacunose, lateral margins carinate; (13) interantennal ridge acute. (14) Antenna 12-segmented (Fig. 36); (15) scape extending to anterior ocel- lus; (16) pedicel not elongate, setose; (17) flagellomeres slightly longer than wide, verticillate, setae inflexible; setae, carinae equal in number; (18) club absent; ter- Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 431 niinal protuberance inconspicuous. (19) Frons favose, glabrous; (20) clypcal mar- gin straight; (21) mandible bidentate (Fig. 65), tooth margin deeply incised. (22) Maxillary palpus 2-segmented; pal- [lifcr small; (23) palpiger not evident; (24) ligula very reduced, bearing 2 sensory pegs; (25) paraglossa enveloping basal 3/4 of ligular margin; (26) galea with mod- erate number of acuminate setae. ' (27) Pronotum favose along postero- dorsal margin; (28) mesoscutum rugose, pattern evanescent along posterior margin near scapula; (29, 30) scapula, axilla sha- greened; (31) parascutellum rugose; (32) mesoscutellum smooth; (33) meson of metanotum rugose, lateron smooth. (34) Forewing (Fig. 59) with submarginal vein 3 times as long as marginal vein; post- marginal vein 1.5 times stigmal vein; (35) stigma tumid, with small sensilla; (36) 2 adstigmal setae; (37) marginal tract end- ing at postmarginal vein; Ri tract absent; I submarginal tract not reaching stigma; discal tract absent; medial, anal tracts pres- [ ent. (38, 39) Coxae, femora shagreened, setose; (40) middle tibia with single apical spur; hind tibia with 2 subequal large apical spurs; (41) fore basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-3; middle basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-4; hind basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-3. (42) Proepisternum as large as fore coxa, shagreened, bearing sin- gle cranial process; (43) prosternum semi- circular, glabrous; discrimen long; (44) prepectus rugose, pattern evanescent mes- ally; (45) mesepisternum shagreened, pat- tern absent at discrimen; (46) mesepi- meron rugose; (47) anapleurite smooth. (48) Propodeum 3 times as wide as long, meson favose, lateral regions smooth; median longitudinal carina absent; (49) gaster larger than head and thorax; (50) tcrgum glabrous, posterior tergal margins sinuate; (51) sterna glabrous; (52) ovi- positor and gonostylus 2.5 times gaster length; (53) gonostylus glabrous or bear- ing minute setae mesally. A/^//6). Males some- times have a setose pronotum and some variation in the development of setae on the sternum of the gaster (64). Comparative Comments — Idarnes mich- eneri females may be recognized by the rugose face ((S), 13-segmented antenna (14), smooth, setose frons (19), tridentate mandible (21), large labial palpiger (23), well developed submarginal and discal vein tracts (37), straight posterior tergal margin (50), and long, conspicuous gono- stylar setae (53). Males can be recognized by the tridentate mandible (60), 4-seg- mented antenna (61), and lightly setose gastral sterna (64). Idarnes obtiisifoliae, new species Female — Body length 2.4 mm, oviposi- tor 7.0 mm long. (1, 2) Head and meso- soma brassy green; (3) gaster chestnut brown; (4) antenna uniformly shining brown; (5) coxal bases brassy green, legs otherwise dirty white; (6) presternum castaneous; mesosternum concolorous with head and mesonotum. (7) Head hypognathous, in frontal as- pect slightly wider than long; compound eye not protuberant; (8) face asetose, uni- formly favose; gena favose; (9) vertex sinuous; (10) antenna inserted just above ventral margin of compound eye; (11) toruli separated by 3 times diameter of torulus; antennifer conspicuous; (12) scrobe with 2 shallow channels, favose; lateral walls not carinate; (13) interanten- nal ridge not acute. (14) Antenna 12-seg- mented (Fig. 30); (15) scape shagreened, setose, elongate, but not reaching vertex; (16) pedicel shagreened, setose; (17) fla- irellomeres 1.5 times as long as wide, ver- ticillate; setae inflexible, more numerous than carinae; (18) club absent; terminal protuberance evident. (19) Frons favose; (20) clypeus bilobed, meson incised; (21) mandible tridentate (Fig. 62), tooth mar- gin sharply incised. (22) Maxillary palpus 2-segmented; palpifer evident; (23) pal- piger not evident; (24) ligula with 2 sen- sory pegs; (25) paraglossa enveloping en- tire margin of ligula; (26) galea with numerous acuminate setae. (27) Pronotum with postero-dorsal sur- face favose, remainder shagreened; (28, 29, 30, 31) mesoscutum, scapula, axilla, parascutellum lacunose; (32) mesoscutel- lum lacunose; (33) meson of metanotum favose, lateral regions with numerous par- allel plicae. (34) Forewing (Fig. 52) with submarginal vein 4 times as long as mar- ginal vein; postmarginal vein 2 times stigmal vein; (35) stigma tumid, sensilla small; (36) 1 adstigmal seta present; (37) marginal tract not extending to postmar- ginal vein; Ri tract absent; submarginal tract reaching stigma; medial tract pres- ent; discal, anal tracts absent. (38) Fore 434 Thb University of Kansas Science Bulletin and middle coxae mesally setose; hind coxa asetose; (39) middle femur shorter than middle tibia; hind femur setose; (40) middle tibia with single apical spur; hind tibia with 2 mesal, longitudinal setal tracts, 2 subequal apical spurs; (41) fore basi- tarsus as long as tarsomere 2; middle basi- tarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-5; hind basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-4. (42) Proepisternum smaller than fore coxa, ru- gose, bearing single elongate cranial proc- ess; (43) prosternum oval, glabrous, lightly setose; discrimen extending along basal third of structure; (44) prepectus favose; (45) mesepisternum laterally favose, smooth at discrimen; (46) mesepimeron rugose; (47) anapleurite favose. (48) Propodeum 4 times as wide as long, lacunose; medial longitudinal carina present; (49) gaster ovoid; (50) tergum shagreened, small setae irregularly distrib- uted; posterior margin of each tergum sinuate; (51) sterna smooth; (52) oviposi- tor and gonostylus 8 times gaster length; (53) gonostylus with small setae along mesal surface. Male— Body length 2.1 mm. (54, 55) Head and mesosoma tan; (56) gaster milky white; (57) scape tan with margin reddish; segments 2, 4, and 5 tan; (58) coxae, femora concolorous with mesosoma; tibiae, tarsomeres reddish. (59) Head prognathous; lateral margin with short, inconspicuous setae; (60) man- dible bidentate (Fig. 70), not scythe-like, tooth margin not sharply incised; (61) antenna 4-segmented (Fig. 45); clypeal margin flexed inward; (62) all legs with 5 tarsomeres; tibio-tarsal complexes (Figs. 101-103) with elongate basitarsi, apical basitarsal spines; (63) all gastral terga smooth, setose; posterior margins sinuate; (64) sterna smooth. Material — Described from over 100 fe- males and 38 males collected by William Ramirez at Playon Aguirre, Puntarenas Province, Costa Rica on 15 August 1964 from Ficiis obtitsi folia H. K. B.; by the author and Ramirez from Coiclagus, Vera- cruz, Mexico, 11 August 1969 on Ficits obtitsi folia; and by the author at El Salto, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 12 June 1970, also from Ficiis obtusifolia. Ficus obtusifolia ranges throughout Mexico and Central America. DeWolf (1960) indicates Ficus bonplandiana (Liebm.) Miquel is a synonym of Ficus obtusifolia H. B. K. The association be- tween Ficus obtusifolia and Idarnes ob- tusifoliae appears to be one of the better documented examples of host specificity between torymid and fig, since the wasp has been collected from this host at 3 widely separated localities on 3 separate occasions. Holotype— One dissected female mounted in Hoyer's medium on 2 slides under 6 coverslips. Each label is inscribed: ^'Idarnes obtusifoliae. Playon Aguirre, Costa Rica. 15 August 1964, leg. W. Rami- rez, ex. Ficus obtusifolia. HOLOTYPE." This locality is inland from Parrita, Pun- tarenas Province. Allotype — A dissected male mounted on 1 slide under 3 cover- slips in the manner indicated above and similarly labeled. Paratypes — Eight dis- sected females slide-mounted in the man- ner indicated for the holotype above, with labels inscribed in a similar manner. Variation — Females from Mexico some- times have a unilobed clypeus (20), an- tennae inserted a little higher on the head (10), head with flat vertex (9), and the propodeal carina absent (48). Comparative Comments — Idarnes ob- tusifoliae may be easily recognized by the following combination of female charac- ters: Head uniformly favose (8), toruli widely separated (11), 12-segmented an- tenna (14), flagellomeres as illustrated (17), and forewing with medial setal tract (37). Males are difficuk to separate from other species since some have a scythe- like mandible (60), and some have an an- Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 435 tenna that appears 5-segmented (61). Sev- eral large setae are arranged in transverse rows along each tergum (63) and appear to he a disthictive, constant male character. Idarnes oscrocata, new species Female— ?>ody length 1.9 mm, oviposi- tor 5.0 mm long. (1, 2) Head and meso- soma brassy green; margin o£ oral fossa tan, extending to occipital foramen; (3) gaster brown; (4) scape tan with luster; pedicel brunneous; remaining antennal segments bronze; (5) all leg segments tan; (6) prosternum tan. (7) Head hypognathous, in frontal as- pect wider than long; compound eye mod- erately protuberant; (8) head above toruli favose; gena lacunose, weakly setose; (9) vertex flat; (10) antenna inserted at mid- line of compound eye; (11) toruli sepa- rated by twice diameter of torulus; anten- nifer conspicuous; (12) scrobe cavity deep, favose, lateral walls carinate; (13) mter- antennal ridge acute, short. (14) Antenna 12-segmented (Fig. 35); (15) scape asetose, elongate, extending to vertex; (16) pedicel asetose, 2 times longer than maximum width; (17) flagellomeres 1.5 times longer than wide; (18) club present but weak; terminal protuberance conspicuous. (19) Frons smooth, setose; (20) clypeal margin straight; (21) mandible bidentate (Fig. 66), tooth margin moderately incised. (22) Maxillary palpus 2-segmented; pal- pifer evident; '(23) palpiger not evident; (24) ligula elongate with 4 sensory pegs; (25) paraglossa enveloping 2/3 of ligular margin; (26) galea with numerous acumi- nate setae. (27) Pronotum postero-dorsally favose, remainder shagreened; (28, 29, 30, 31) mesoscutum, scapula, axilla, parascutellum favose; (32) mesoscutellum lacunose; {^i) meson of metanotum favose, lateron with numerous longitudinal plicae. (34) Fore- wing (Fig. 57) with submarginal vein 3.5 times as long as marginal vein; post- marginal vein 2 times stigmal vein; (35) stigma tumid, sensilla small; (36) 3 ad- stigmal setae present; (37) marginal tract with few microtrichae, ending well before terminus of postmarginal vein; Ri tract absent; submarginal tract reaching stigma; discal, medial, anal tracts absent. (38) Fore and hind coxae sculptured; middle coxa smooth; (39) femora setose, hind fe- mur smaller than hind coxa; (40) middle tibia with single apical spur; hind tibia with 2 subequal apical spurs; (41) fore basitarsus slightly longer than tarsomere 2; middle basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-5; hind basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-4. (42) Proepisternum bronze, rugose, slightly smaller than fore coxa, bearing single elongate cranial process; (43) pro- sternum heart-shaped, smooth, setose on posterior quarter; (44) prepectus favose laterally, smooth mesally; (45) mesepister- num rugose laterally, shagreened mesally; (46) mesepimeron smooth along pleural suture, laterally rugose; (47) anapleurite rugose. (48) Propodeum 3 times as wide as long, glabrous, asetose; median longitu- dinal carina absent; (4Q) gaster slightly larcrer than head and mesosoma combined; (50) terga lightly shagreened, posterior margins sinuate; (51) sterna coriaceous; (52)" ovipositor and gonostylus 6 times gaster length; (53) gonostylus bearing small inconspicuous setae along mesal surface. Mrf/^— Body length 1.5 mm. (54, 55) Head, mesosoma tan; (56) gaster light tan, nearly white; (57) antenna pale; (58) all leg segments concolorous with meso- soma; tibial spines amber. (59) Head with dorsal surface lightly setose; clypeal margin concave, bearing 2 small mesal spines; (60) mandible biden- tate (Fig. 82), tooth margin not sharply incised; large spines on mesal surface of mandible; (61) antenna (Fig. 42) 5-seg- mented; (62) all legs with 5 tarsomeres; tibio-tarsal complexes (Figs. 113-115) with 436 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin tibiae lacking apical spurs; basitarsi lack- ing thickened walls; (63) terga smooth, asetose; posterior tergal margins sinuate; (64) sterna smooth, asetose. Material — Described from 6 females collected on 6 August 1969 and 87 females and 4 males collected on 20 August 1969, 2 miles north of Izucar de Matamoros, Puebla, Mexico, along the Rio Balsas, by the author and William Ramirez. In both instances the host tree was Ficiis gold- ma nil. FiciiS goldmanii Standley ranges throughout Mexico and into Central America. In Puebla this species grows in a riparian situation; in Sinaloa it was ob- served growing in a xeric habitat. Idarnes was not recovered from figs taken in Sinaloa. Holotvpe — One dissected female mounted in Hoyer's medium on 2 slides under 6 coverslips. Each label is inscribed: ''Idarnes oscrocata. 2 mi. N. Izucar de Matamoros, Puebla, Mexico. 20 August 1969, leg. Gordh and Ramirez, ex. Ficiis goldmanii. HOLOTYPE." Allotype— One dissected male mounted in Hoyer's medium under 3 coverslips on a single slide, with the label inscribed as indicated above. Paratypes — Eight dissected females, each on one slide under 3 coverslips in Canada balsam. Variation — Some females have 2 sen- sory pegs on the ligula (24), the frons may be lacunose (19), the medial vein tract is sometimes obscure (37), the metanotal meson may be lacunose {i^), and the pro- podeum may be mesally and postero-later- ally rugose (48). Aside from the fourth antennal segment being nearly fused to the club (61), little variation was detected in males. Comparative Cojiiments — Females of this species may easily be recognized by the conspicuous tan margin of the oral fossa (1), straight clypeal margin (20), elongate ligula with 4 sensory pegs (24), medial vein tract (37), rugose anapleurite (47) and coriaceous sterna (51). Males are identifiable by their bidentate mandi- ble (60), 5-segmented antenna (61), and asetose terga with sinuate posterior mar- gins (63). Idarnes oscrocata appears most closely related to /. obtiisijoliae and may be dis- tinguished from that species on the basis of facial sculpture pattern (8), and clypeal margin conformation (20). Idarnes parallela (Mayr) Gaiiosonia panillehim Mayr, 1885, Verh. Zool. Bot. Cc-cll. Wien 35:204, '$ . The female of /. parallela remains un- described. From the original description by Mayr, it is not possible to state with certainty that a synonymy has not been made in the present work or that a previ- ously described species is not synonymous with /. parallela. Until further collections have been made in Brazil and /. parallela females are collected and associated with the males, positive statements regarding the taxonomic status of /. parallela cannot be made. Idarnes punctata (Mayr) Tctrugonaspis punctata Mayr, 1885, Verh. Zool. Bot. Gesell.Wien 35:209, $. The female of this species was ade- quately described by Mayr, but the male remains undescribed. It is a species of Idarnes as here restricted, from Brazil. Idarnes simiis, new species Female — Body length 2.0 mm, oviposi- tor 6.2 mm long. (1, 2) Head, mesosoma bright metallic green; margin of oral fossa pale; (3) gaster dorsally tawny; sterna tan with pale transverse stripes; (4) scape brownish yellow, remaining segments chestnut brown; (6) prosternum tan; mesosternum pale at discrimen, remainder concolorous with head and mesonotum. (7) Head hypognathous, in frontal as- pect slightly wider than long; compound eye not protuberant; (8) face favose above Morphology and Svstematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 437 level of toruli; gena smooth, strongly setose; (9) vertex weakly sinuate; (10) antenna inserted at lower third of com- pound eye; antennifer conspicuous; (11) toruli separated by 3 times diameter of torulus; (12) scrobe nearly absent, 2 widely separated channels, short, smooth; (13) interantennal ridge broad, not acute. (14) Antenna (Fig. 34) 13-segmented; (15) scape elongate, setose, extending to vertex; (16) pedicel not elongate, bearing few se- tae; (17) flagellomeres 2 times as long as wide, verticillate; setae flexible, more nu- merous than carinae; (18) club absent; terminal protuberance conspicuous. (19) Frons smooth, setose; (20) clypeal margin straight; (21) mandible bidentate, tooth margin sharply incised. (22) Maxillary palpus 2-segmented; palpifer small; (23) palpiger not evident; (24) ligula with 2 sensory pegs; (25) paraglossa enveloping basal 2/3 of ligular margin; (26) galea with numerous acuminate setae. (27) Pronotum postero-dorsally favose, remainder shagreened, pattern lightly in- cised; (28, 29, 30, 31) mesoscutum, scapula, axilla, parascutellum favose; (32) scutel- lum lacunose, nearly smooth; (33) meson of metanotum favose, lateron bearing sev- eral longitudinal pHcae. (34) Forewing (Fig. 49) with submarginal vein 3 times as long as marginal vein; postmarginal vein 2 times stigmal vein; (35) stigma tumid, sensilla small; (36) 2 adstigmal setae; (37) marginal tract ending at post- marginal vein; Ri tract absent; submargi- nal tract ending at stigma; discal, medial, anal tracts absent. (38) Fore and hind coxae lightly shagreened; (39) femora sha- greened, setose; (40) middle tibia heavily setose, bearing single apical spur; hind tibia with setal tract, 2 subequal apical spurs; (41) fore basitarsus as long as tarso- meres 2-3; middle basitarsus longer than remaining tarsomeres; hind basitarsus as long as tarsomeres 2-4. (42) Proepisterna smaller than fore coxa, shagreened, bear- ing setae basally, single wide cranial proc- ess; (43) prosternum nearly round, smooth, bearing few setae; discrimen ex- tending 1/3 the length of structure; (44) prepectus favose mesally, smooth laterally; (45) mesepisterna setose, laterally favose with pattern centrally rugose, absent at discrimen; (46) mesepimera favose; (47) anapleurite rugose. (48) Propodeum 4 times as wide as long, mesally rugose, laterally smooth; median longitudinal carina absent; (49) gaster ovoid, slightly larger than head and mesosoma combined; (50) terga lightly shagreened; posterior tergal margins strongly sinuate; (51) sterna coriaceous; (52) ovipositor and gonostylus 5 times gaster length; (53) gonostylus bearing small setae along mesal surface. Male— Body length 1.2 mm. (54, 55) Head and mesosoma tan; (56) gaster white; (57) antenna, except segment 3, amber; (58) legs honey colored with tibial margins red. (59) Head with small setae sparsely arranged over dorsal surface; clypeal mar- gin strongly concave, without setae or spines; (60) mandible bidentate (Fig. 81), not scythe-like; (61) antenna (not figured) 5-segmented; (62) tarsi 5-segmented; tibiae (Figs. 89-91) without large apical spurs; basitarsi with few apical spurs; (63) terga asetose; posterior tergal margins sinuate; (64) sterna smooth, asetose. Material — Described from 31 female and 14 male specimens collected by Wil- liam Ramirez at Rio Aguilar, Hatillo, San Jose, Costa Rica on 14 June 1964 from Ficiis lapithijolia. This species of fig is widespread in Mexico and Central Amer- ica. Holotype — One dissected female mounted in Hoyer's medium on 2 slides under 5 coverslips. Each label is inscribed: ''Idarnes siwiis. Rio Aguilar, Hatillo, Costa Rica. 14 June 1964,"^ leg. W. Rami- rez, ex. Ficiis lapithijolia. HOLOTYPE." 438 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Allotype — One dissected male mounted on 1 slide under 3 coverslips in the manner indicated above. Paratypes — Eight dis- sected females, slide mounted in the man- ner indicated for the holotype, with a sim- ilar label inscription. Variation — In some females the face may be rugose at the level of the toruli and become progressively more favose to- wards the vertex (8), the entire pronotum may be shagreened (27), the mesosternum may be asetose (45, 46) or the anapleurite may be shagreened (47). Males exhibit some size variation, but appear remark- ably constant morphologically. Occasion- ally, a male may have a mandible verging on scythe-like (60). Comparative Comments — This wasp is easily recognized by the following combi- nation of female characters: widely sepa- rated toruli (11), broad, flat interantennal ridge (13), flexible, blunt setae on each flagellomere (17), smooth frons bearing setae (19), straight clypeal margin (20), and mesopectus favose (44, 45, 46). Males have small setae on the head (59), biden- tate mandible (60), and asetose terga (63). SPECIES INCORRECTLY ATTRIBUTED TO IDARNES The species listed below have at one time or another been placed in Idarnes, but this assignment is probably or certainly incorrect as explained in each case. Idarnes austyalis Froggatt, 1901), Agr. Gazette N.S.W. 11:452, ?. The illustration of this species indicates the forewing lacks setal tracts and adstig- mal setae, and the hindwing bears a fully developed marginal vein. Froggatt's de- scription makes the species difficult to place, but it has been recognized by Mayr (1906) as Sycoryctes aitstralis. It is an Australian species and for that reason alone unlikely to fall in Idarnes as that genus is here defined. Otitcsella gtiaphalocarpac Risbec, 1951, Mem. Inst. Fran^ais d'Afr. Noire 13:332, $. I have not had the opportunity to ex- amine this species. Wiebes (1970) regards it as an Idarnes species. It was described from Senegal emerging from Ficus gnaphalocarpa and for these reasons prob- ably does not belong to Idarnes as here restricted, Idarnes graalie Wiebes, 1968, Zool. Meded. 42:318, Described from Africa, this species bears a strong resemblance to Idarnes. However, I consider the species extra- limital not only because of its continent of origin but because: (1) the forewing lacks setal tracts; (2) the hindwing has a com- pletely developed marginal vein; (3) the terminal segment of the maxillary palpus is not excindate; (4) an acuminate seta is found on the first maxillary palpal seg- ment rather than at the base of the ter- minal one; and (5) as pictured, the female lacks the discoid sensillum on the base of the first palpal segment of the maxilla. Idarnes nigra Risbec, 1951, Mein. Inst. Francais d'Afr. Noire 13:123, 9,5. Wiebes (1970) examined Risbec's ma- terial and indicated that the females are probably Sycoscapter and the males Apo- crypta. The continent of origin is suffi- cient to exclude the material from Idarnes as here defined. Idarnes oricntalis Walker, 1875, Entomologist 8:17, 9. I have not had the opportunity to ex- amine the material. Walker indicated /. orientalis was recovered from Hindustan and Ceylon. On the basis of distribution it is excluded from Idarnes as here defined. Grandi (1928) considered /. orientalis a synonym of Sycoscapter stabilis. Idarnes pteromaloides Walker, 1871, Notes on Chal- cidiae 4:63, 9 . Wiebes (1967) has considered the ma- terial as Micransia pteromaloides (Walk- er). The material described by Walker came from Hindustan, and hence is ex- cluded from Idarnes in the present work. Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 439 hiarnes stahilis Walker, 1871, Notes on Chalcidiac 4:62, 9. Wiebes (1967) has demonstrated that /. stahilis is Sycoscapter stabilis (Walker). The original material came from India and is also excluded from Idarnes on the basis of distribution. Idaniomorplia siibaenea Girault, 1915, Mem. Queens- land Mus. -1:282, 9, $. hiarnes snbaenea Girault, 1917, Insec. Inscit. Menstr. 5:37, 9. Girault (1917) considered Idarno- morpha to be synonymous with Idarnes; thus the Australian species snbaenea was transferred to Idarnes. Girault considered the antenna 13-segmented, counting the terminal protuberance as a distinct seg- ment. Girault indicates the female is 1.75 mm and the male is 2.8 mm long. In all described species of Idarnes, the female is larger than the male. If the sexes are cor- rectly associated, a typographical error has probably been made. Assuming the sexes to be correctly associated, Idarnes snbaenea must be considered extra-limital both geo- graphically and morphologically. Idarno- morpha is probably a good genus on the basis of the male antenna being 3- and tarsi 5-segmented. The wasps were reared from figs with Ceratosolensis ficop/iaga Girault. Idarnes has been shown in all other instances to parasitize tropical Amer- ican Blastophaga; hence, biological infor- mation also suggests that Idarnomorpha is a valid genus. Idarnes transiens Walker, 1871, Notes on Chalcidiae 4:62, 9. Idarnes transiens was described from the female from Ceylon and India. Mor- phologically, the species is clearly not Idarnes, and Wiebes (1967) has called it Ph ilotrypesis tra n si ens. Tetragonaspis testacea Mayr, 1885, Verh. Zfxjl. Bot. Gesell. Wien 35:157, 9. Enkpebelea testacea Mayr, 1906, Wicn. Ent. Ztg. 25:165, 9. Sycophagella agraensis Joseph, 1953, Agra Univ. }. Sci. 2:54, 9,5. Idarnes testacea (Mayr), Joseph, 1956, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 125:103, 9,6. Illustrations do not accompany the original description of Tetragonaspis tes- tacea. Joseph (1953) described Sycopha- gella agraensis from the receptacles of Ficns glomerata collected in India and illustrated the female. In 1956, he consid- ered S. agraensis synonymous with Idarnes testacea (Mayr). If Joseph's description is correct, and if he has correctly associated S. agraensis with T. testacea, then this material cannot be considered Idarnes for the following reasons: (1) the maxillary palpus is unisegmented; (2) the forewing lacks a parastigmal notch and sensilla; (3) the forewing lacks setal tracts; and (4) the hindwing bears a fully developed marginal vein. Geographically, also, this species is outside the known range of Idarnes as here delimited. LITERATURE CITED AsHMEAD, W. H. 1904. Classification of the chalcid flies. Mem. Carnegie Mus. 1:225-555. Baker, C. F. 1913. A study caprification in Ficits nota. Philippine J. Sci. (D) 8:63-83. Beck, D. E. 1933. A morphological study of the male genitalia of various genera of bees. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci. 10:89-137. Breland, O. p. 1938. Phylogeny of some callimomid genera parasitic Hymenoptera). J. New York Ent. Soc. 46:355-398. Brothers, D. J., and V. C. Morax. 1969. A new species of Tetrastichits Haliday, 1844 (Hy- menoptera :Eulophidae) parasitic on the nymphs of Patirocephala calodendri Moran (Homoptera:Psyllidac). Proc. Roval Ent. Soc. London (B) 38:40-46. 15UCHER, G. E. 1948. The anatomy of Monodonto- mcriis dentipes Boh., an entomophagus chal- cid. Canadian J. Res. 26:230-281. Burks, B. D. 1938. A study of chalcidoid wings (Hymenoptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. .America 31: 157-161. . 1943. The North American parasitic wasps of the genus Tetrastichits — a contribution to biological control of insect pests. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 93:505-608. . 1969. Redefinitions of two genera of chal- cidoids from figs, with new Florida species (Hymen.). Florida Ent. 52:115-122. Butcher, F. G. 1964. The Florida fig wasp, Se- ciindeisenia mexicana (Ashm.), and some of its hymenopterous svmbionts. Florida Ent. 47: 235-238. Carmin-, J., AND D. ScHEiNKiN. 1931. The fauna of Palestinian plants: 2. Ticus sycomoriis Linne. Bull. Soc. Royale Ent. d'Egypte 15:164-187. Compere, H. 1962. The reality of sternites in the mesothorax of Hymenoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 64:224-228. 440 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Compere, H., and D. Rosen. 1970. The prescutum in Hymenoptera. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. Lon- don (A) 45:91-97. CoNDiT, 1. J. 1969. Ficiis: The Exotic Species. Univ. California (Berkeley) Div. Agri. Sci. 363 pp. CoNDiT, 1. J., AND S. E. Flanders. 1945. "Gall- flower" of the fig, a misnomer. Science 102: 129-130. Corner, E. J. H. 1958. An introduction to the dis- tribution of Fiiiis. Rcinwardtia 4:325-355. . 1965. Check-list of Ficiis in Asia and Aus- tralia, with keys to identification. Gardens Bull. Singapore 21:1-186. Croizat, L. 1952. Manual of Phytogeography. W. Junk, Den Haag. 587 pp. Cunningham, D. D. 1889. On the phenomena of fertilization in Fiais roxhitrgliii Wall. Ann. Royal Bot. Garden Calcutta 1:13-51. Daly, H. V. 1964. Skeleto-muscular morphogenesis in the thorax of the Hymenoptera. Proc. XII Int. Congr. Ent. London: 151. DeWolf, G. P., Jr. 1960. Fictts (Tourn.) L. Ann. Missouri Bot. Garden 47:146-165. DouTT, R., AND G. ViGGiANi. 1968. The classifica- tion of the Trichogrammatidae ( Hymenop- tera :ChaIcidoidea). Proc. Califf)rnia Acad. Sci. 35:477-586. DuPoRTE, E. M. 1965. The lateral and ventral sclerites of the insect thorax. Canadian J. Zool. 43:141-154. EisEN, G. 1896. Biological studies on figs, caprifigs, and caprification. Proc. California Acad. Sci. 5:897-1003. Ferris, G. FMO. The myth of the thoracic sternites of insects. Microentomology 5:87-90. Froggatt, W. W. 1900. Insects living in figs, with some account of caprification. Agri. Gaz. New South Wales 11:447-456. Galil, J., AND D. EisiKowiTCH. 1968. On the polli- nation ecology of Ficus svcomorns in East Af- rica. Ecology 49:259-269'. GiRAULT, A. A. 1913. Australian Hymenoptera Chalcidoidea IV-Vl. Mem. Queensland Mus. 2:140-334. . 1915. Australian Hymenoptera Chalcidoidea XII. Mem. Queensland Mus. 4:275-309. . 1917. Some new Australian chalcid-flies, mostly of the family Encyrtidae. Insec. Inscit. Menstr. 5:29-37. Graham, M. W. R. de V. 1969. The Pteromalidae of northwestern Europe (Hymcnoptera:Chal- cidoidea). Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Ent. Suppl. 16:1-908. Grandi, G. 1921. Richerche sul gen. Philotiy pests Forst. (Hymenoptera :Chalcididae). Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici 15:33-190. . 1928. Hymenopteres sycophiles recoltes dans rinde par le Frere E. Gombert. Bull. Soc. Zool. France 53:69-82. . 1929. Studio morfologico e biologico della Blastopliugd psencs (L.). Boll. Lab. Ent. Bo- logna 2:1-147. . 1930. Monografia del gen. Philotiypesis F5rst. Boll. Lab. Ent. Bologna 3:1-181. . 1961. The hymenopterous insects of the superfamily Chalcidoidea developing within the receptacles of figs. Their life history, symbioses, and morphological adaptations. Boll. Ent. Univ. Bologna 26:1-13. Hanna, a. D. 1935. The morphology and anatomy of Ettchalcidia caryobori Hanna (Hymenop- tera-Chalcidinae). Bull. Soc. Royale Ent. d'Egypte 19:326-364. Heymons, R. 1899. Beitrage zur Morphologie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Rhynchoten. Nova Acta. Leop. -Carol. Deut. Akad. 74:349-456. Hill, D. 1967a. Figs (Fiais spp.) and fig-wasps (Chalcidoidea). J. Nat. Hist. 1:413-434. . 1967b. The Figs (Ficiis spp.) of Hong Kong. Hong Kong Univ. Press. 154 pp. . 1969. Revision of the genus Liporrhopahtm Waterston, 1920, (Hymenoptera, Chalcidoi- dea, Agaonidae). Zool. Verhandl. 110:1-36. Howard, L. O. 1887. A brief consideration of cer- tain points in the morphology of the family Chalcididae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 1 : 65-75. James, H. C. 1926. The anatomy of a British phyto- phagus chalcidoid of the genus HannoUta (Isosoma). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Pt. 1: 75-182. Joseph, K. J. 1953. Contribution to our knowledge of fig insects (Chalcidoidea :Parasitic Hy- menoptera) from India. III. Description of three new genera and five new species of Sycophagini, with notes on biology, distribu- tion and evolution. Agra Univ. J. Res. 2:53- 82. . 1*^56. Contributions to our knowledge of fig insects (Chalcidoidea :Parasitic Hymenop- tera) from India. VII. Descriptions of fifteen new and revision of some old species. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 125:97-133. . 1964. A proposed revision of the classifica- tion of the fig insects of the families Agaonidae and Torymidae (Hymenoptera). Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (B) 33:63-66. . 1966. Taxonomy, biology, and adaptations in the fig insects (Chalcidoidea). Proc. II All-Indian Congr. Zool., Varanasi (1962) 2:400-403. . 1967. Newer trends in the taxonomy of the fig-inhabiting Chalcidoidea. Symp. Newer Trends Tax. 34:257-262. Kuttanl\ihiathu, J. J. 1955. The biology of Pliilotyypesis caricae (L.), parasite of Blasto- pliaga psenes (L.) ( Chalcidoidea :Parasitic Hymenoptera). XV Int. Congr. Zool. Sec. VIII: 1-2. Malyshev, S. I. 1966. Genesis of the Hymenoptera and the Phases of Their Evolution. Methuen and ("o. Ltd., London. 319 pp. Matsuda, R. 1960. A new interpretation of the pleurosternal region of the hymenopterous thorax. Acta Hymenopterologica 1:109-113. . 1965. Morphology and Evolution of the In- sect Head. Mem. Amer. Ent. Inst., Ann Arbor, Michigan. 334 pp. . 1970. Morphology and evolution of the in- sect thorax. Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada 76:1-431. Mayr, G. 1885. Feigeninsekten [Hymenoptera]. Verb. Zool. Bot. Gesell. Wien 35:147-250. . 1906. Neue Feigen-Insekten. Wien Ent. Zeitges. Wcin 25:153-187. Michener, C. D. 1944a. A comparative study of the appendages of the eighth and ninth ab- dominal segments of insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. .America 37:336-351. Morphology and Systematics of Nlotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 441 . 19-l-tli. Comparative external morphology, ph\Iogeny, and a classification of the bees (Hvmcnoptcra). Hull. Aiiier. Mus. Nat. Hist. 82:'l51-326. Oi.DROYD, H., and C. R. Ribisands. I''?6. On the validity of trichiation as a systematic character in Trichogiamma (Hymcnoptera, Chalcitli- dae). Proc. Roval Ent. Soc. Lontlon (R) 5:148-152. Pratt, H. D. 19-10. Studies on the Ichncumonidae of New England, part 1. The external mor- phology of Arotes amocntis Cresson. J. New York Ent. Soc. 48:155-193. Ramirez, W. 1969. Fig wasps: mechanism of pollen transfer. Science 163:580-581. . 1970a. Host specificity of fig wasps (.•\gaonidae). Evolution 24:680-691. . l''7l)b. Taxonomic and biological studies of neotropical fig wasps (Hymenoptera:Agaoni- dae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 49:1-44. Reid, J. A. 1941. The thorax of the wingless and short-winged Hymenoptera. Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London 91:367-446. Richards, O. W. 1956. An interpretation of the ventral region of the hymenopterous thorax. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (A) 31:99-104. Risbec, J. 1951. Les Chalcidoides d'A. O. F. Mem. Inst. Francais d'Afrique Noire 13:1-409. Smith, E. L. 1969. Evolutionary morphology of ex- ternal insect genitalia. 1. Origin antl rela- tionships to other appendages. Ann. Ent. Soc. America 62:1051-1079. SxoDGRAss, R. E. 1910. The thorax of the Hy- menoptera. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 39:37-91. . 1935. Principles of Insect Morpholog\'. Mc- Graw-Hill Rook Co., New York. 667 pp. . 1941. The male genitalia of Hymenoptera. Smithsonian Misc. Publ. 99:1-86. . 1951. A revised interpretation of the ex- ternal reproductive organs of male insects. Smithsonian Misc. Publ. 135:1-60. . 1962. Suture or sulcus? Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 64:222-223. Standley, p. C. 1917. The Mexican and Central American species of Ficiis. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 20:1-35. TuLLocH, G. S. 1929. The proper use of the terms parapsides and parapsidal furrows. Psvche 36:376-382. Walker, F. 1843. Descriptions of Chalcidites dis- covered in St. Vincent's Isle by the Rev. Lans- down (juilding. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12:46- 49. . 1871. Notes on Chalcidiae. Pt. 4, 55-70. E. W. Janson, London. . 1875. Descriptions of new genera and spe- cies of parasites, belonging to the families Proctotrupidae and Chalcididae, which attack insects destructive to the fig in India. Ento- mologist 8:15-18. Weber, H. 1924. Das Grundschema des Pterygoten- thorax. Zool. Anz. 60:17-37. 57-83. . 1928. Die Gliederung der Sternopleural- region des Lepidopterenthorax. Eine ver- gleichende morphologische Studie zur Sub- coxaltheoric. Z. Wiss. Zool. 131:181-254. Wiebes, J. T. 1964. Host specificity of fig wasps (Hymenoptera Chalcidoidca, Agaonidae). Proc. XII Int. Congr. Ent. London: 95. . 1966a. Rornean fig wasps from Fictts sttt- penda Miquel (Hymenoptera, Chalcidoidea). Tiidsch. Ent. 109:163-192. . 1966b. The structure of the ovipositing organs as a tribal character in the Inclo-Aus- tralian svcophagine Torymidae (Hvmenop- tera, Chalcidoidea). Zool. Meded. 41:151-159. . 1967. Redescription of Sycophaginae from Ceylon and India, with designation of lecto- types, and a world catalogue of the Otitesel- lini (Hymenoptera Chalcidoidea, Torymidae). Tiidsch. Ent. 110:339-442. . 1968. Fig wasps from Israeli Fictis syco- monis and related East African species (Hy- menoptera, Chalcidoidea). 2. Agaonidae (concludetl) and Svcophagini. Zool. Meded. 43:307-321. . 1970. Revision of the Agaonidae described by J. Risbec, and notes on their torymid symbionts (Hymenoptera, Chalcidoidea). Zool. Meded. 45:1-16. Williams, F. X. 1928. Studies in tropical wasps — their hosts and associates (with descriptions of new species). Rull. Hawaiian Sugar Exp. Sta., Ent. Scr. 19:1-179. WoLcoTT, G. N. 1951. The insects of Puerto Rico. J. Agr. Univ. Puerto Rico 32:749-882. 442 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin" 0.4 mm Figs. 25-28. Left antenna of Idarncs females, inner aspect. 25, /. barbigcra; 26, /. bitcatoma; 27, /. micheneri; 28, 7. ashlocJii. Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 443 0.4 mm Figs. 29-33. Left antenna of Iduines females, inner aspect. 29, 7. flaricolhs; 30, /. obtiisijoliac; 31, I. galbina; 32, /. carme; 33, /. cami/n. 444 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin 0.4 inni Figs. 34-40. Left antenna of Idanies females (34-36) and males (37-39), inner aspect; right antenna, male, dorsal aspect (40). 34, /. s/miis; 35, /. oscrocata; 36, /. liniciiezt: 37, /. galbina: 38, /. ciunini; 39, /. aililocl{i; 40, /. canne. Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 445 .t.^'C/^r i< ^^ 0.25 mni Figs. 41-47. Antennae of Idarnes males, dorsal aspect; 45, 47 right antenna, remainder left. 41, 7. jimenezi; 42, /. oscrocata; 43, /. bticutoma; 44, /. barbigera; 45, /. obtiisijoliae; 46, /. micheneri; 47, /. flaiicollis. 446 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin 48 49 52 53 ^ """"T^n-&rrr^jv.\tx^' ]^..,^- <^ 0.6 mm Figs. 48-53. Right forewing of Idaines females. 48, /. flaricollis; 49, /. siiniis; 50, /. galbina; 51, /. ashloclii, 52, /. ohtitsijoliae; 53, /. aume. Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 447 54 55 .««'' r^r^"" 'rrrniTT""'"''^ 56 "Tirnnrmri^^T^' ^ .25 mm Figs. 69-73. Right mandible ot Iduines females (69, 72) and males (70, 71, 73), inner aspect. 69, /. fluricollis 70, /. ohtiisijoluic : 71, /. aihlockj; 72, /. carmc; 73, /. caimc. 450 Thk University of Kansas Sciknce Bulletin 0.25 m m Figs. 74-82. Right mandible of Idanies males, inner aspect. 74, /. bitcatoma; 75, /. jiavicolUs; 76, /. michencn: 77, /. galhina; 78, /. jiniciiezi; 79, /. cainini; 80, /. barbigera; 81, /. sunns; 82, /. oscrocata. Morphology and Systematics oi-' Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 451 V s 87 A o 0.1 mm Figs. 83-91. Fore, middle and hind tibiotarsi of Idanics males, inner aspect. 83-85, /. ashlocki; 86-88, /. galhina; 89-91, /. simns. 452 I'm; University of Kansas Science Bulletin ^ 1- ^/'t 96 ^; \^': 97 ^ 98 ) \~y7K 0.1 nun Figs. 92-100. Fore, middle and liind tibiotarsi of Idanies males, inner aspect. 92-94, /. flavicolUs: 95-97, /. carme; 98-100, /. camini. Morphology and Svstkmatics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 453 102 0.1 mm Fk;s. 101-106. Fore, middk- antl liin.l tilnntarsi of Idaifies males, inner aspect. 101-103,7. ohtiisijoUae; 104-106- /. michencri. 454 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin \_ 110 111 m Jk^ ■' I \_ / A O.l 115 Figs. 107-115. Fore, middle and hind tibiotarsi of Idarnes males, inner aspect. 107-109,/. barbigera; 110-112, /. jimcnezi: 113-115, /. oscrocata. Morphology and Systematics of Neotropical Parasitic Fig Wasp 455 117 116 ■X I 1^ mh S'. Figs. 116-118. Fore, middle and hind tibiotarsi of Idarnts hncatoina male, innei' aspect. (Hind tibiotarsus 0.2 mm.) s s g I § THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN iMUs. ^ w L;Br?ARy APR 1 5 /S7o HARVARD ^■'^ivr c- TV i 5 THORACIC POLYMORPHISM IN MESOVELIA MULSANTI (HEMIPTERA: MESOVELIIDAE) « ;s By JANET E. GALBREATH & g S >;: Vol. 50, No. 10, pp. 457-482 Aprils, 1975 ANNOUNCEMENT The University of Kansas Science Bulletin (continuation of the Kansas Uni- versity Quarterly) is an outlet for scholarly scientific investigations carried out at the University of Kansas or by University faculty and students. Since its incep tion, volumes of the Bulletin have been variously issued as single bound volumes, as two or three multi-paper parts or as series of individual papers. Issuance is at irregular intervals, with each volume prior to volume 50 approximately 1000 pages in length. Effective with volume 50, page size has been enlarged, reducing the length of each volume to about 750 pages. The supply of all volumes of the Kansas University Quarterly is now ex- hausted. However, most volumes of the University of Kansas Science Bulletin are still available and are offered, in exchange for similar publications, to learned societies, colleges and universities and other institutions, or may be purchased at $20,00 per volume. Where some of these volumes were issued in parts, individual parts are priced at the rate of 2 cents per page. Current policy, initiated with volume 46, is to issue individual papers as published. Such separata may be purchased individually at the rate of 3 cents per page, with a minimum charge of $1,00 per separate. Subscriptions for forthcoming volumes may be entered at the rate of $20,00 per volume. All communications regarding exchanges, sales and subscriptions should be addressed to the Exchange Librarian, University OF Kansas Libraries, Lawrence, Kansas 66045. Reprints of individual papers for personal use by investigators are available gratis for most recent and many older issues of the Bulletin. Such requests should be directed to the author. The International Standard Serial Number of this publication is US ISSN 0022-8850. Editor Charles R. Wyttenbach Editorial Board William L. Bloom Philip W. Hedrick Rudolf Jander Harvey Lillywhite Charles D. Michener Norman A. Slade Henry D. Stone George W. Byers, Chairman THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. 50, No. 10. pp. 457-482 April 8, 1975 Thoracic Polvinorphism in Mesovelia rnulsanti (Hemiptera: Mesoveliidae) Janet E. Galbreath Thoracic Polymorphism in Mcsovelia muLsanfi (Hemiptera: Mesoveliidae)^ Janet E. Galbreath- ABSTRACT Three thoracic murphs are recognized: winged, wingless and intermediate (new term to identity flightless adults that develop from nymphs with wing pads). The wingless morph may be recognized in the iourth nyinphal instar by the absence of wing pads. An individual of the fourth instar with wing pads must be observed in the fifth instar to identify the morph. In an intermediate morph of the fifth instar, the wing pads may reach to the second abdominal segment, remain short, become vestigial, or be absent. A winged morph of the fifth instar has long wing pads which extend to the third abdominal segment or beyond. Results of crossing studies gave little evidence to suggest that anv one of the nine kinds of crosses (three morphs, sexes taken reciprocally) would yield significantly more of any one kind of morph. The occurrence of morphs (as nymphs) was related to field temperatures, called "the estimated mean air temperature" and derived from the climatologist's "march of monthly mean temperatures." Fourth and fifth instars of the wingless rnorph were collected when the estimated mean air temperature ranged from a spring low of 16.7° C to a summer high of 28.3° C and to a fall low of 8.3° C. Fourth and fifth instars of the winged and in- termediate morphs were found primarily, but irregularly, when estimates of the mean air temperature were 21.S° C or higher. Nymphs have one or two morph-determining points in development. The first, whether or not wing pads develop, occurs in all nymphs. The sentitive stage for the first critical point is unknown, but it is thought to occur prior to the late third instar. In the field, high temper- atures and unknown factors during the first critical period are apparently necessary for a high frequency (11-45°.) of nymphs with wing pads. In the laboratory, a high frequency of nymphs with wing pads was reared from a parental stock with a frequency of 11 to 45% and when the fluctuating temperatures averaged 25.6° C or higher. The second critical period occurs early to midway in the fourth stadium of nymphs with wing pads. A fourth instar with wing pads is more likely to become a winged morph in the field than in a laboratory rearing, but it is not known why. INTRODUCTION third term, short-winged or brachypterous, has been used in two ways: to name the Historical background. Thoracic poly- wingless adults mentioned above (Jaczew- morphism is typical of members of the ski, 1928; Gupta, 1963) and to denote superfamily Gerroidea; Usinger (1956) winged adults with broken wings, an gave examples of it in six families. In error first recognized by Horvath (1915). Mesovelia. thoracic polymorphism occurs The literature concerning Mesovelia in both sexes. Heretofore, two morphs shows that the winged morph is rare in have been recognized: the common wing- areas where the average monthly mean less, or apterous, morph lacking wing pads for July is 21° C or lower. The relative as a nymph and wings as an adult, and abundance of the winged and wingless the winged, or macropterous, morph morphs of M. j areata Mulsant and Rey known to have long wing pads in the was observed between 59° and 45° north fifth instar and wings in the adult. A latitude in Europe where the average 77 Z ■ , ,--, r , r. monthly means of Julv are 17° C to about Contribution number 13/ 4 rrom the Department ^ ^ . ' of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, 21 C, respectively. In Sweden, where Kansas 66045. this species is univoltine, wingless adults "608 SkvHne Drive, Carbondale, Illinois 62901 or , • j j i. ■ ^/ p, ' . rv , c 1 Til ■ Ti 'ire common; onlv one wmged adult is c/o Department or Zoology, Southern Ilhnois Univer- ' ^ sity, Carbondale, Illinois 62901. recorded (Ekblom, 1930; Wesenberg- 459 460 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Lund, 1943). Leth (1943) reported 20 (= 7%) winged adults from the southern half of Denmark. In Germany and France, where there are one or two an- nual generations, the winged morph is infrequent. Jordaii (1931, 1936), who studied in Oberlausitz, found only wing- less adults in 1925 to 1927, five winged among many hundred wingless adults in 1928, and three specimens of the winged morph (one adult, two nymphs) in 1934. Apparently no more winged adults were collected until 1950, when he was aston- ished to find 16 (Jordan, 1951). Schu- macher (1919) found one winged adult near Brodown, Germany; Miiller (1919) reported winged adults and the more common wingless adults on July 5, 1911, on a pond near Walkenried, Thtiringia. Poisson (1922, 1933) stated that he had never collected the winged morph in the Department of Calvados. Likewise near Pellston, Michigan (45° 34' north latitude; average monthly mean of July, 18.8° C), Hungerford (1953) re- ported few winged (none, 1923-1950; a total of five, 1951-1952) and a preponder- ance of wingless adults of M. doiiglasen- sis Hungerford (taxonomy not clear; pos- sibly a synonym of M. amoena Uhler). In contrast, he gave data frcjm pinned specimens from southern states (37'"' to 25° north latitude; average monthly means of July, 25.5° C or higher) showing a fre- quency of 20^ c. (N = 174) for the winged morph. The literature pertaining to A/, iiuil- santi White near Pellston gives some information on the morphs of adults. Hussey (1919) listed only the wingless morph taken in general collecting in the years 1913, 1914, and 1918. Hoffmann (1932) for the year 1930 and Neering (1954) for the year 1950 reported that winged adults occurred with the more common wingless morph. Pinned adults from this area in the Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, include no winged (N = 63) in seven years (1923- 1925, 1927, 1930-1931, 1937) and 54 winged (= IL'o) in three years (1939, 1941, 1950). In laboratory crossing experiments, only the wingless morph of the European M. f areata has been reared (Poisson, 1922; Jordan, 1931). Poisson used wingless par- ents and Jordan used winged and wingless parents. Hoffmann (1932) worked with wingless parents and obtained wingless progeny in rearings of the North Ameri- can M. cryptophila Hungerford and M. doiiglasensis. One record of three winged adults reared from eggs of M. japonica Miyamoto was reported by Miyamoto (1964); the morphs of the parents were not known. Questions to be answered. This paper describes the developmental pathways of morphs and discusses the extent of en- vironmental and genetic causation of morphs in M. midsanti. To understand the developmental divergence of the thorax, observations were made on the form of the first three instars, of the fourth instar with wing pads and of the fifth instar and adult of the heretofore unrecognized intermediate morph. Data were accumulated on the percentages of morphs among pinned adults, nymphs and adults in field samples in three geo- graphical areas (Fig. 1), and nymphs in laboratory rearings. Study of these data suggested three tests. Field data on the occurrence of the winged morph as nymphs and as adults showed the need to observe whether or not migration could be influencing the frec]uencies of winged adults. Field data on the occurrence of morphs as nymphs indicated that a test could be made on whether or not the occurrence of nymphs with wing pads could be related to high temperatures. Data from laboratory crosses were tested to determine if any one kind of cross Thoracic Polymorphism in Mesovelia mttlsanti 461 would yield significantly more of any one kind of morph. In the field, other problems included the sequence of the life history stages, where these stages lived, variations of temperatures and how temperature in- fluenced the rate of nymphal develop- ment. In the laboratory, records were made on the duration of the nymphal stage. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This work, which initially was directed liy the late H. B. Hungerford, was com- pleted under the supervision of C. D. Michener. I am grateful to my husband, E. C. Galbreath, for his dedicated interest in this study and assistance with the prepara- tion of this manuscript. The opportunity to - 37'44' N I J A 5 O N D Fig. 1. Map of the central United States showing where populations of A^. mtdsanti were studied, and graph of the average monthly mean air temperatures for these three areas. carry on research at the University of Michi- gan Biological Station was made possible by a Summer Fellowship from the National Science Foundation and by an Ida H. Hyde Scholarship from the University of Kansas. I am grateful for use of facilities at the Uni- versity of Kansas and at Southern Illinois University at Carbondale. MATERIALS AND METHODS Field worli. Data were accumulated on the percentages of morphs among adults (15,000) and nymphs (9,765 fourth and fifth instars) in field samples. A dip net and an aspirator were used for col- lecting. The insects survived collecting best in an aspirator with a piece of mois- tened paper toweling; otherwise they often died by desiccation if left too long in dry containers and by drowning if caught in a condensation of moisture in wet con- tainers. In making a field count, a stereoscopic microscope with a magnification of 45 X was used to identify the morphs of nymphs. Fourth instars were recognized as having wing pads (Fig. 2A) or as the wingless morph (Fig. 2B). Fifth instars were recognized as the winged morph (Fig. 2C), as intermediates (Fig. 2D, E, F) or as without wing pads (Fig. 2G, H), the latter being grouped as the wingless morph. Adults were recognized as winged (Fig. 21) or flightless, because some indi- viduals of the intermediate morph (Fig. 2L) are not distinguishable from the wing- less morph (Fig. 2M). When the count was finished, nymphs and adults not used in other studies were returned to the lo- cality where they had been found. During a field count, fourth instars with wing pads and fifth instars of the intermediate morph (Fig. 2D, E, F) were placed in separate containers for rearing in the laboratory. A fourth instar with wing pads was reared until the fifth in- star to recognize the winged or the inter- mediate morph. When an individual did 462 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin not survive, a dissection was made to learn if the exoskeleton of the iifth instar was sufficiently developed for identifica- tion. Often such an individual was early in the instar and was listed as "morph unknown" in the tables containing field data. Fifth instars of the intermediate morph were reared to observe the thoracic form of the adult. Unless used for rearing studies, each specimen with its exuviae was preserved in a separate vial of alcohol. Routine field counts were made once a week and frequently more often. In the vicinity of the University of Michigan Biological Station near Pellston, Michigan, between June 18 and August 10, 1955, 29 counts were made at 15 places (Cheboygan County: two open beach pools at Black Lake; Black River; Bryant's Bog; vicinity of Douglas Lake — marsh near mouth of Bessey Creek, mouth of Bessey Creek, open beach pool at Hook Point, Maple River Bay, two closed beach pools at Sedge Point; two drainage ditches near Duncan Bay; mouth of Indian River; Emmet County: Maple River Swamp; Pellston Pool). Most collections and observations were made in the habitats around Douglas Lake because they were most accessible. Near Lawrence, Kansas, field samples were made regularly at The Pond, Uni- versity of Kansas Natural History Reser- vation, from September 30 to October 19, 1955; July 12 to November 18, 1956; and May 1 to September 6, 1957; with a few collections at Eudora Pond in 1956 and 1957 and one sample at Bagsby Pond in 1956. All of these places are in Douglas County. Near Carbondale, Illinois, rou- tine field collections were made at Fisher Pond during periods of seasonal activity from April 28, 1959 through September 6, 1962. More frequent collections were made in 1961 : 22 samples of nymphs from May 18 to June 18 and 23 samples of adults from May 26 to June 18. Each day all unmarked adults were marked on the thorax with model paint applied with a crow quill pen. In addition, some samples were made at LaRue Swamp in 1959 through 1961, at Lewis Swamp in 1959, and at Lake-on-the-Campus and at Tar Hill Pond in 1961. LaRue Swamp is in Union County; the other collecting places are in Jackson County. Records were kept on the duration of seasonal activity, i.e., when first instars hatched in the spring and when nymphs and adults were last observed in the fall. The temperature data came from the following sources: for Europe, from the United States Department of Agriculture (1941); and for the areas of study, from "Climatological Data: Michigan" (1955), "Climatological Data: Kansas" (1955- 1957), "Climatological Data: Illinois" (1910-1962), "Local climatological data. Carbondale, 1910-1962," the operating rec- ords of the Murphysboro Water Plant, Murphysboro, Illinois, and from a thermo- graph placed at Fisher Pond, Carbondale, during the seasonal activity of M. mulsanti in 1961-1962. Freeze probabilities were determined from the dates of threshold freezes of 0° C or lower for Carbondale for the years 1910-1962. Freeze probabil- ities are statistics used by climatologists (Thom and Shaw, 1958) and are derived from threshold freezes, the last vernal and the first autumnal freeze. To relate seasonal temperatures to the dates of collection, a graph of the monthly mean air temperatures was made for each year of research from the records of the U.S. Weather Bureau Station closest to the area of study. An estimated mean air temperature for any specific date was ob- tained by reading the temperature indi- cated by the intersection of a line drawn through the date and the line connecting the monthly mean temperatures. For ex- ample, in Figure 4, line C (for September 1) intersects the line of the mean air tem- perature at 2i.i° C. Estimates of the mean TiioRAcic Polymorphism in Mesovelid mulsanti 463 temperature of pond water were deter- mined for 1961-1962 from graphs of the monthly means from data obtained at Fisher Pond. Laboratory ivorl(. Data were accumu- lated on the percentages of morphs among pinned adults (3,000 specimens. Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas) and among nymphs (2,355) reared primarily from virgin crosses in the laboratory. The laboratory rearings rec]uired han- dling over 8,000 individuals within one month's time. To rear M. mulsanti. freshly killed insects for food, a rearing container with a cover, a moist environ- ment, and a matrix for the insertion of eggs must be provided. Care was needed in handling of insects used for food (pri- marily Drosophila) to be sure that the ether fumes had evaporated and the bodies remained moist for piercing and sucking. First, second, and third instars required one fruit fly per day; fourth and fifth instars and adults needed two per day. Circular, plastic, covered containers, 35 mm in diameter and 28 mm tall, were used. A humid environment was main- tained in two ways. The eggs and the first through third instars were kept in containers partially filled with distilled water. For fourth and fifth instars and for adults, two layers of paper toweling moistened with distilled water were placed on the bottom of the rearing containers. The toweling also served as a matrix into which the ovipositor was inserted and to which the eggs were usually attached. The toweling was not likely to in- fluence development. Abnormal develop- ment in some pyrrhocorids was recognized to be caused by a "paper factor," now known to be juvabione (Gilbert and King, 1973). Carlisle and Ellis (1967) observed that toweling did not modify growth when the manufacturer had used a chemical process or if the wood pulp dill not include the balsam fir. The toweling used in my work was made by a chemical process from wood pulp with no balsam fir (personal communication from the manufacturer). Some progeny were reared from eggs laid by females collected as adults in the field (Table 5: Pcllston, expt. 1-4; Law- rence, expt. 1-2; Carbondale, expt. 4); in these studies the morph of just the one parent was known. In 1955, virgin crosses were set up from parental stocks in which the percentages of nymphs with wing pads were unknown. Beginning in 1957, cross- ing experiments were set up with parental stocks taken when field counts indicated 0 to 10^ c or alternatively 11 to 45^ □ nymphs with wing pads. Differing con- ditions of temperature and light were used (Table 5). Each experiment started with collecting fourth and fifth instars from the field and rearing each nymph in isola- tion in the laboratory. When the adults emerged, single-pair crosses were estab- lished. The matrix of toweUng with eggs from one female for one day of oviposi- tion was placed in a separate rearing con- tainer. In about five days (average tem- peratures 25° C or higher) the eggs were examined for embryos; if there were few embryos, the eggs and parents of the par- ticular cross were discarded. When the fertility rate was high, the toweling was separated to place five or six eggs in a container — a precaution to reduce future cannibalism. For each group of eggs records were kept of the number and kinds of morphs produced. During the rearings, observations were made on the thoracic form of the first three instars. Dead third instars were dissected to observe in late instars the presence or absence of wing pads. Fourth instars of the wingless morph were pre- served. Fourth instars with wing pads were isolated and reared as long as possi- ble; those which died were dissected to 464 Stage of life hislfiry The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Winged Morph InlemediaU Morph Wingless Morph Adult Fifth mslar Fourth instar u'lth u'lng pads u'lthoul u'ing pads Fig. 2. Diagrams to show developmental (.livergence in M. tnnlsanti. A, Fourth n\inphal instar with wing pads, inorph unknown. Winged morph. C, Fifth instar; I, young adult female. Intermediate morph. D-G, Thor- axes of fifth instars: D, with short wing pads; E, with shorter wing pads; F, with vestiges of wing pads; G, without wing pads. J-L, Thoraxes and heads of adults: J, with three vesdges of wing pads and reduced ocelli; K, with two vestiges of wing pads and no ocelli; L, without vestiges of wing pads and ocelli. The individual illustrated as a fifth instar, D, and as an adult, J, represents the maximum development toward wingedness observed in the intermediate morph. Wingless morph. B, Fourth instar; H, Fifth instar (thorax as in G); M, adult female (details as in L). (Parts B, C, I and M are from Hungcrford, 1917.) observe in late instars the winged or the intermediate morph. Some nymphs with wing pads, the dissected late third and early fourth instars, were grouped as "morph unknown" in the tables of progeny counts. Each individual of the winged and intermediae morphs was preserved as a fifth instar or as an adult with its exuviae in a separate vial. Measurements were made of the wing pads of exuviae of the fourth instar of each preserved specimen known to be a winged or an intermediate morph. The thorax of the exuviae of the fifth instar and of the adult of the same intermediate morph individual was studied from pre- served specimens. The duration of the nymphal stage was observed at 23.9° and 30.0° C. Near the end of the summer, the dura- tion of the incubation period was used to determine whether the eggs were non- diapause or diapause (Galbreath, 1973). Thoracic Polymorphism in Mesovelta mulsanti 465 MORPHS Developniental divergence. Three tho- racic morphs are recognized: winged, in- termediate and wingless (Fig. 2). Indi- viduals do not seem to deviate from the norm of five nymphal instars. The meso- tcrgum and the metatergum remain un- dilTerentiated through the third instar of all nymphs and through the adult of the wingless morph (Fig. 2B, H, M). Wing pads are present in some fourth instars (Fig. 2A) and may he observed in dissec- tions of some late third instars, htit the morph of stich individuals cannot be rec- ognized. Measurements of the length and width of the wing pads on exuviae of lourth instars of preserved specimens known to be either a winyed or an inter- mediate morph did not show a morph- related difference. However, differences in the development of the wing pads dur- ing the fourth stadium are evident after the molt into the fifth instar: the growth is normal (winged morph, Fig. 2C), some growth occurs (intermediate, Fig. 2D), growth is suppressed (intermediate, Fig. 2E), or reduction occurs (intermediates, Fig. 2F, G). These thoracic differences may also be observed in dissections of late fourth instars with wing pads. Adults have wings (winged morph, Fig. 21), vestiges of wing pads (intermediates, Fig. 2], K), or no sign of wings (intermediate. Fig. 2L; wingless morph. Fig. 2M). Ves- tiges of wing pads (Fig. 2F, J, K) retain the mesal position characteristic of wing pads and in adults lack the differentiation of wings. Each morph has a stage or stages when it may be recognized. The winged morph may be identified as a fifth instar (Fig. 2C) by the long wing pads which reach to the third ab- dominal segment or farther, and as a young adult (Fig. 21) by the well-de- veloped wings themselves, as well as by two prominent ocelli, the pronotal lobe, and the exposed mesonotal and metanotal scutella. In older individuals, the apices of the hemelytra and wings are broken and the indirect flight muscles undergo autoly- sis. The one feature common to all inter- mediates is the presence of wing pads in the fourth instar. The rarest intermediate lacks vestiges of wing pads in the fifth instar and may not be distinguished from the fifth instar of the wingless morph (Fig. 2G, H, respectively). Fifth instars with short wing pads (Fig. 2D, E) and, more fret]uently, with vestiges of wing pads (Fig. 2F) are recognizable as inter- mediates. A few of the adults may be identified as intermediate by having ocelli or vestiges of wing pads; some have both oi these features (Fig. 2J). However, the majority of intermediate adults (Fig. 2L) are inseparable from wingless adults (Fig. 2M). To recognize an individual of the wingless morph, one must know that wing pads are absent in the fourth instar (Fig. 2B). This knowledge is important in designing rearing experiments with virgin crosses. In flightless adults, the intermediate and wingless morphs, the pronotal lobe is absent; the mesonotum and the meta- notum remain simple, subequal segments; flight muscles are absent; and the phrag- mata are reduced. The wings of some intermediates are reduced to stubs called vestiges of wing pads or to minute, dis- torted areas visible only with a stereo- scopic microscope at a magnification of 60X. Discussion. "Polymorphism can usually be interpreted as the outcome of develop- mental divergence after a critical point which may be anywhere from the tgg to the adult stage. The fate of the indi- vidual is thought to become fixed or deter- mined at this critical point. However, as in studies of growth and development of 466 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin tissues and organs, words like 'determined' often turn out to have relative rather than absolute meanings . . . Determination does not always occur at the same stage in all individuals of a species" (Michener, 1961:47). My research with M. miilsanti and study of papers by Ekblom (1949), Miya- moto (1953), Sprague (1956) and Brink- hurst (1963) on developmental divergence in members of three other families of semiaquatic Hemiptera show that there are several ways that the development of the nymphs may differ: the nymphs may or may not have wing pads, the wing pads may not appear in the same instar, the wing pads may show differences in rates of growth or amounts of regression, the number of kinds of flightless morphs may vary, and the morphs may not be recog- nizable at the same stage of development. The wingless morph of M. mulsanti does not have wing pads; all nymphs of the species reported on in the literature cited above have wing pads. In Hydrometra 7nartini Kirkaldy, wing pads are found in the third instar; in Microvelia dtlitta Distant, wing pads appear in the fourth instar. Most of the differences in the de- velopment of wing pads appear to be a result of different rates of growth, al- though regression or loss of wing pads occurs in some intermediate nymphs of M. mulsanti. The kinds of morphs may vary from two {H . martini with one winged and one flightless) to several (one winged and several flightless). In some species (M. midsanti, M. dihita, Gerris lateralis Schummel = Gerris asper Fieber of Ekblom) the thoraxes of flightless morphs show much variation as nymphs and adults. The stage when the morphs first become recognizable ranges from the third instar (H. martini) to the adult {Gerris odontogaster [Zetterstedt]). A critical point has been suggested for only one species, G. odontogaster. The hypothesized critical point of the egg dur- ing vitellogenesis (Brinkhurst, 1959) was not substantiated. Instead, the critical point is thought to occur during the first four stadia (Vepsaliiinen, 1971b). Study of the developmental divergence of M. midsanti suggests that all individuals i could undergo a critical point sometime | before the late third instar, when the path- ! way for the wingless morph may be recog- nized in dissections. Then it is possible I that fourth instars with wing pads un- I dergo a second critical point which deter- mines whether the individual becomes a winged or an intermediate morph. See later sections for answers to these ques- tions. I RESULTS OF FIELD STUDIES Seasonal temperatures. To study the effect of seasonal temperatures on M. mulsanti, one must know where the indi- i viduals live during their various stages. It is now known that the tgg overwinters (Galbreath, 1969). Diapause eggs em- bedded in plant tissue overwinter below the surface film and post-diapause nymphs hatch below the film and swim upward to attain their position on the surface. Non-diapause eggs, inserted in aquatic plant tissue just above the water line, must remain in a moist environment. Then, depending upon the position of the plant, a nymph hatches from a non- diapause egg and either climbs onto the surface of the floating plant or emerges below the surface and swims upward as described above. Nymphs and adults live on the surface film but in the air. This study is concerned with the sub- surface water temperatures, surface film temperatures, and air temperatures influ- encing nymphal development. However, daily fluctuations in temperatures mask the overall point of view that is needed to relate the occurrence of morphs to differ- ent temperatures. The climatologist's Thoracic Polymorphism in Mesovelia miilsanti 1 1 T T T 467 -T 25 20 15 ■D o O) c 0) U 0) t 10 Q 0-. o stream water ^ pond water M M J J O N Fig. 3. Comparison of the monthly mean temperatures of air, stream water, and water of Fisher Pond for 1961 at Carbondale, Illinois. Data on air temperatures were obtained from the U.S. Weather Bureau Station at Car- bondale. Temperatures for stream water were compiled from daily records of the Big Muddy River made at the Murphysboro Water Plant. The mean for the month was the sum of the daily temperatures divided by the number of days in the month. Water temperatures for Fisher Pond were obtained from a thermograph for April 23 to July 28 and September 15 to November 21. The monthly mean temperatures were calculated from the average of the maximal water temperature plus the average of the minimal water temperature divided by two. "march of monthly mean air tempera- tures" smooths these variations. The graphs and data of Harmeson and Schnepper (1965) record a marked similarity in the average monthly mean temperatures of air and surface waters in Illinois for 38 stations, 27 flowing streams and 11 impoundments of flowing streams. Analvsis of their data shows that the average monthly means of surface waters are generally (90% of the 456 sets of water and air data compared) equal to or higher than those of air. Figure 3 is a graph plotted after Harmeson and Schnepper but comparing the monthly mean tem- peratures of air and stream water to those of the water in Fisher Pond where field studies were made. From April li 468 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin 30 Percent probability of threshold freezes 0°Cor lower occurring after date in spring and before date in fall 100% 50% 0% 0% 50% 100% Fig. 4. Graph relating seasonal activity of M. miihanti, probabilities of threshold freezes, and the average monthly mean air temperatures at Carbondale, Illinois. First records of first instars (A) were as early as April 28 and as late as May 2. First records of adults (B) were as early as May 12 and as late as May 26. The last record of nymphs or adults (D) occurred as early as October 22 and as late as November 14. The earliest record of eggs in diapause (C) was obtained from eggs laid in the laboratory on September 1, 1971, by females collected as adults on August 31 (unpublished data). through July 28, the average temperatures of pond water were warmer than those of stream water and air. The biggest differ- ence occurred in June (25.7° C for pond water, 22.8° C for stream water, 22.0° C for air). From September 15 until No- vember 21, the average temperatures of the pond water were cooler than those of the stream water but warmer than those of air. Because water temperatures were avail- able for but two out of seven years in- volved in this study, seasonal temperatures were determined from air data because of the close similarity in the monthly mean temperatures of air and water. Seasonal activity at Carbondale. Sea- sonal activity refers to the time when nymphs and adults are found on the sur- face film. Figure 4 shows the variations in seasonal activity observed at Fisher Pond from 1959 to 1962. Hatching of the first instars occurred after the last vernal freeze of each year, when the freeze proba- bility was 10% or lower (Fig. 4A) and Thoracic Polymorphism in Mesovelia mulsanti 469 Table 1. Field records of the first generation at Fisher Pond, Carbondale, Ilhnois. All temperatures are °C. (Average monthly mean of May: 19.3°.) Year Monthly First Estimates First Estimates Duration mean temp. records c )f mean records c f mean of of May of first instars temp of temp. Surface nymphal Surface adults stage Air water Air water in days 1959 21.5 Apr. 28 17.2 May 16 21.4 18 1960 17.6 Mav 2 16.7 .. May 22 20.8 .. 20 1961 16.7 May 2 14.4 16.0 May 26 20.9 21.1 24 1962 23.7 Apr. 28 17.2 19.4 May 12 22.8 23.8 14 the estimated mean air temperature was 14.4° C or higher (Table 1). The first records of adults were obtained during the freeze-free period (Fig. 4B) and when the estimated mean air temperature was 20.8° C or higher. There are five or more successive generations per year. In this study, records of diapause eggs were ob- tained in October. Figure 4C shows the earliest record of diapause observed in sub- sequent work. Also, see section on dia- pause under results of laboratory studies. The lowest estimated mean air tempera- ture on the last date of observed activity was 8.3° C. Much variation occurred in the last dates of seasonal activity (Fig. 4D). Surely this variation must be related to the kind of freeze and the freeze re- sistance of M. mulsanti. In 1960, only two nymphs in poor physiological condition were found after the first freeze of -2.7° C; in 1961, a few nymphs and adults were alive after eight freezes, the lowest being -6.7° C. Influence of climate and weather. An understanding of the differences in climate in the three areas of study and of features of the weather of the specific years of re- search is an integral part of the interpreta- tion of the field data. As shown in Figure 1, Pellston, Michigan, normally has cool summers; whereas Lawrence, Kansas, and Carbondale, Illinois, have warm to hot summers. Rainfall is important to the ecology of M. mulsanti because it deter- mines the area and the number of places that can be inhabited. At Pellston and Carbondale the rainfall is relatively de- pendable; Lawrence is characterized by intermittent periods of drought. Seasonal activity at Lawrence has the same duration as at Carbondale (average duration of freeze-free periods: 196 and 186 days, respectively; average monthly means of July: 27.0° C and 26.3° C, re- spectively). Study of the records of tem- peratures for Pellston suggest that seasonal activity would begin there in late May or early June and continue into September with one or more generations per year (average duration of freeze -free period: 92 days; average monthly mean of July: 18.8° C). The approximate changes in day length during the periods of seasonal activity are: at Lawrence and Carbondale, 13.9 hr on May 1 to 15.0 hr on June 15 to 10.0 hr on November 15; at Pellston, 15.4 hr on June 1 to 15.6 hr on June 15 to 11.7 hr on October 1 (Beck, 1968). At Pellston, in 1955, the summer was warmer and drier than average. It is prob- able that the warm temperatures of June caused an early molt into adults. I found adults on June 18, the first date of collec- tion, whereas the earliest dates on the labels of pinned adults from this area in the Snow Entomological Museum show June 28 in 1950 and June 30 in 1923 and 1939. In 1955, the continued warm tem- peratures in July and August may have 470 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin resulted in three generations; in the lab- oratory adults of the second generation emerged on July 21 and those of the third generation on August 26. The dryness brought about low water levels in aquatic habitats in late July (an accumulated de- ficiency of 14.1 cm of precipitation) ; shal- low habitats were dry in early August. Near Lawrence, in 1955 and 1956, a widespread drought, the longest and most severe on record (Climatological Data: Kansas, 1957), reduced The Pond at the Natural History Reservation to three small pools. In contrast, heavy rains in May and June of 1957 raised the water level of The Pond causing it to overflow the dam. At Carbondale during the period of study from 1959 through 1962, precipita- tion was normal. Whether the tempera- tures were warmer or cooler than average during May was observed to influence the duration of the nymphal stage and the time when the first generation became adults (Table 1). Use of data to determine frequencies of morphs. One problem was to decide which data were the most meaningful to determine if a relationship could exist be- tween any one kind of morph and the environment. Percentages of the winged morph often showed great disparities. For example, between May 18 and June IS, 1961, at Fisher Pond, Carbondale, among 577 nymphs and 920 adults, none of the nymphs were the winged morph but 54% of the adults were winged. In this series of data, the unmarked adults were counted each day, marked and released. Because this sampling started at the beginning of seasonal activity, it was possible to observe when the different stages were most nu- merous: fourth instars on May 22, fifth instars on May 28, flightless adults on June 1 and winged adults on June 11. Two facts, the absence of nymphs of the winged morph and the numerical dominance of the winged adults when there were few fourth and fifth instars, suggest the possi- bility of long distance migration. These results showed that the frequencies of the morphs as nymphs would be more reliable to show ratios among kinds of morphs. Data from all field samples of fourth and fifth instars showed a range of 0 to 21% for the winged morph, 0 to 24° o for the intermediate morph and 55 to 100% for the wingless morph. However, the primary problem was whether or not the environment could influence the development of wing pads. A percentage based on the number of nymphs with wing pads, i.e., fourth in- stars with wing pads and fifth instars of the winged and intermediate morphs, in the total sample was used to compare the results obtained in different field samples. A secondary problem was whether or not the environment could influence the development of wings; the percentage was based on the number of nymphs of the winged morph among all of the nymphs with wing pads. The first critical period. "It must, in- deed, be common ground that the diverse potentialities latent in the gene system become manifest only when the cell or organism are in the appropriate environ- ment or at the appropriate stage of de- velopment" (Wigglesworth, 1961:112). I think that the frequency of nymphs with wing pads in M. midsanti must be related to temperature during the first critical period. The stage of the insect when the de- velopment of the thorax is sensitive to the environment is unknown. The first critical point docs not appear to occur at fertilization because results of laboratory crossing experiments did not suggest a genetic relationship between the morphs of the progeny and those of their parents. The embryo does not appear to be the sensitive stage because there are records liioRAcic Polymorphism in Mesovelia mulsanti 471 from the field of high frequencies of nymphs wiih win^ pads when embryonic development took place at low as well as at high temperatures. For example, at Fisher Pond in 1962, the embryonic de- velopment which took place in April with a monthly mean of 12.8° C resulted in May in 18°^o (N=:571) of the nymphs with wing pads; the embryonic develop- ment which took place in May with a monthly mean of 23.7° C resulted in June in 15"; (N = 572) of the nymphs with wing pads. Therefore, the sensitive stage appears to take place in the nymph some- time in the interval beginning with the first stadium and prior to the late third stadium. At Pellston, normally all nymphs re- gardless of generation pass through the first critical period when the monthly means are low. In July, 1955, some nymphs of a second generation underwent their first critical period when the monthly mean was 21.7° C. However, in field samples the frec^uency of nymphs with wing pads remained 3°o. At Lawrence and Carbondale, most nymphs of the first generation undergo the first critical period in May when normally the monthly mean is low. This was the case in four years (Lawrence, 1957—18.3° C; Carbondale, 1959—20.5° C, 1960—17.6° C and 1961—16.7° C); 1.6% (N =^ 1,447) of the nymphs had wing pads. On the other hand, in 1962 at Car- bondale when the monthly mean of May was 23.7° C, 18^; (N = 571) of the nymphs had wing pads in three field samples: 0°, on May 8 (N = 1), 5.3% on May 12 (N = 189), 24.1% on May 14 (N=381). For this example. Figure 5 shows the sequence of life history stages and the ambient air temperatures and Table 1 records the estimated mean air and water temperatures. Comparison of the duration of the nymphal stage and temperature data from 01 -^ 1 1 "I 1 1 1 1 Eggs First jnstars 1 L Second instars Third instars Fourth instors Fifth instars Adults Eggs 1 1 1 1 1 10 15 May 25 Fig. 5. The sequence of the life history stages of the first generation of A/, mulsanti at Fisher Pond, and the daily fluctuations of air temperatures from April 23 through May 23, 1962, at Carbondale, Illinois. The data for the maxima and minima came from Climatological Data: Illinois (1962). Monthly means were: 12.8° C, April, and 23.7° C, May. the field and laboratory (Tables 1 and 8) suggests that nymphs in the field may respond to the warmer temperatures of water rather than to the lower tempera- tures of air. Indeed, a method of measur- ing temperatures at the surface film is needed. Nymphs with wing pads and tempera- ture. To relate the percentages of nymphs with wing pads in field samples to sea- sonal temperatures, an estimate of the mean air temperature was made for the date of each field sample. Study of the 472 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Table 2. Numbers of the morphs found as nymphs in field samples during the three tem- perature intervals. Collections were made at Pellston, Michigan, 1955; Lawrence, Kansas, 1955-1957; and Carbondale, Illinois, 1959-1962; and pooled. Estimates of mean air temp, in °C With wing pads Winged morph Intermediate morph Morph univr % with wing pads Without wing pads Wingless morph 16.7-21.4 23 5 2 1.9 1,589 21.5-28.3-21.5 702 302" 47 14.9 5,994' 21.4-8.3 16 9 9 3.1 1,067 ^ Fourth instar with wing pads for which the morph could not be recognized. " Field count of intermediate and wingless morphs incomplete due to collecting technique. data suggested three temperature inter- vals: low temperatures of seasonal warm- ing, 16.7° to 21.4° C; high temperatures of summer, 21.5° to 28.3° to 21.5° C; low temperatures of seasonal cooling, 21.4° to 8.3° C (Table 2). Fourth and fifth instars of the wingless morph were collected when the estimated mean air temperature ranged from 16.7° C in the spring to 28.3° in the summer to 8.3° C in the fall. When esti- mates of the mean air temperature were 21.4° C or lower, whether there was sea- sonal warming or cooling, the frequency of nymphs with wing pads was consis- tently low, averaging 2.4°; (N = 2,720). When estimates of the mean air tempera- ture were 21.5° C or higher, the frequency of nymphs with wing pads averaged 15% (N = 7,045) but in individual samples ranged from 0 to 45%. Differences in the percentages of nymphs with wing pads because of lati- tudinal differences in temperature were also observed: 2.9% (N = 445) at Pellston in contrast to 13.7% (N = 2,654) at Law- rence and 11. Fo (N = 6,666) at Carbon- dale. Nymphs with wing pads and unknown factors. Much variation (0 to 45%) oc- curred in the frequency of nymphs with wing pads when the estimate of mean air temperature was 21.5° C or higher. During this temperature interval at Fisher Pond in 1961, first 0% (N = 92, 10 samples, June 10 to 18) of the nymphs had wing pads. Later 5.7%o (N = 743, Table 3, June 19 to July 3) of the nymphs had wing pads; percentages ranged from 0.0 to 11.5%. At the same time, at Tar Hill Pond, another shallow, man-made pond only one quarter of a mile away, 17%, (N = 795, June 24 to 30) of the nymphs had wing pads. Subse- quently, at Fisher Pond 44.7% (N = 85, July 29) of the nymphs had wing pads. At Tar Hill Pond between July 24 and 30 the population was drastically reduced so that no accurate frequency of nymphs with wing pads could be determined on July 30. Table 4 records differences in the per- centages of nymphs with wing pads ob- served during the temperature interval of 21.5° C or higher. Few nymphs with wing pads were observed in the populations studied in 1956, 1959 and 1960. At Law- rence in 1957 at The Pond, the occurrence of a high frequency (ll-45%o) of nymphs with wing pads was the longest on record; it began when the estimated mean air temperature was 24.4° C on June 22 and lasted at least through August 18. At Carbondale, in 1961 and 1962, high fre- quencies of nymphs with wing pads were observed for shorter durations of time: examples already given in Table 3; Fisher Pond: 17.7% (N = 656), estimates 23.3° to 22.8° C, August 30 to September 7, 1961, 17.9% (N = 571), estimates 21.5° to 23.6° Thoracic Polymorphism in Mesovdia mtdsanti 473 Table 3. Records of nymphs with wing pads at Fisher and Tar Hill Ponds, Carbondale, Illinois from June 19 to July 30, 1961. Estimated mean air temperatures changed from 22. 8"^ to 25.5° to 24.4° C. Fisher Pond Tar Hill Pond With wing pads Without With wing pads Without Date wing pads Wing- wing pads June-JuK Winged Inter- % with Winged Inter- % with Wing- morph mctiiate wing less morph mediate wmg less morph pads morph morph pads morph 19 1 0 3.7 26 20 0 3 4.5 63 .. ,. .... .... 21 1 1 2.4 80 ._ _. .... 22 2 2 3.4 113 .. „ .... 23 7 13 11.5 154 .. 24 2 6 5.1 148 26 33 32.1 125 25 25 30 13.8 344 28 1 3 5.0 76 30 16 7 10.8 189 1 .. „ 17 2 .... N.C 3 0 0 0.0 41 __ 4-15 .. .. .... .... 10 N.C. .... N.C. 24 „ .. .... 1 N.C. .... N.C. 29 18 20 44.7 47 .. 30 -• 0 0 .... 2 ^ Not collected. C, May 8 to 14, 1962 and 15.0% (N = 572), estimates 23.7° to 24.2° C, June 7 to 24, 1962. When estimates of the mean air tem- peratures were 21.5° C or higher, there were years when few nymphs with wing pads were found as opposed to years when T.\BLE 4. Percentages of nymphs with wing pads collected when the estimated mean air temperature was 21.5° C or higher. 0/ /o N Collecting data with dates, area wing pads 0.5 1,118 July 12^-Sep. 11, 1956: , Lawrence 36.5= 890 June 5-Aug. 18, 1957= , Lawrence 6.3 586 May 16-Aug. 18, 1959*, Carbondale 1.7 479 June 10-Sep. 11, 1960, Carbondale 14.5= 2.551 June 9-Sep. 16, 1961, Carbondale 21.4= K421 May 8-Sep. 6, 1962, Carbondale ^ First date of field work. = Field count of intermediate and wingless morphs incomplete due to collecting technique. = No collections between Aug. 19 and Sep. 5. * No collections between Aug. 19 and Sep. 12. samples contained high percentages of nymphs with wing pads. Consequently, one must conclude that unknown factors plus high temperatures during the first critical period are necessary for a frequency of 11 to 45° o of nymphs with wing pads. The second critical period. The per- centage of nymphs with wing pads that are of the winged morph gives a basis for comparing the influence of the environ- ment on the developing wings. In differ- ent samples at Fisher Pond, this percentage ranged from 33 to 85°'o: 33.3% (N = 42, June 19 to 28, 1961, Table 3), 47.3% (N = 38, July 29, 1961, Table 3), 75.0% (N = 116, August 30 to September 7, 1961), 84.8°; (N = 92, May 14, 1962). The reason for the differences in percentage is unknown. Because these data show statis- tical significance, I think that a second crit- ical period takes place early to midway in the fourth stadium of nymphs with wing pads. 474 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin ^ CO iH rt 4-> « c • ^ -G ^ c u:| o ^-1 r3 1) _C bS) Ui U oj o '3 -o — ■' c n OJ « 03 o O rt •-M ■ — ' OJ r. U -o rt c . —I C (— ' _ C) o O c ^ t/5 lU -^ JS U 4—1 o bJO 11 1 rt 4~i 1 1 C iJ o Ui (U q; Clh uS w u « < H c OJ c -a n u u U OJ >^ , o .a c be C ^ be i" f2 J= a u 0 c ^ ~ CM r^ t^ o I^ o IV) O u-\ o o C-. ITS ON o CO ON a. u O ^ li - M p. ■^ £ C > bt '^5 — S "S o ■- c -c C 3 C c ^4-1 *-t o « u ^ OJ _' 3 C r3 u «; C Q> P « «^ u, u < X OJ o — -1- r^ O o '^ C5 r-. o o Qc' u-N od o <3 C2 r^i — o 0 0 0^0(0 o c; U-N TT o O <3 C5 O c> O p O O c^ O O O O o CD --H r^l -^ C! O <^ O wi o o o6 o -:r o CO ITN O O VD O o o o On 0\ "1 ON r~4 O u-N O O C5 O C5 o o o o o o o (^ p o o o ON o ON ON U-N o o o p o C3 l/-\ C3 E id ON fN p Q. ~" V4-I X QC c (vj ^ 3 3 VJ-I c ^ >. >, _: CJ a o :: 3 ^ c/: ^^ - eC ^^ *^^ c2 OJ o >-^ >* ^J 1/5 bJO o CO CO g 'o o u o u Q. c h4 c c &H o ^ n u o G ■z) -^ (/) u c C be 'Sd a r^ l/j u^ u-N — ' u-N , — 1 c^i r^ TT u-\ ^ in u ON, OJ Ch J — • u-\ o QC 0^ c h (Z> NO O '30 O U-N o (^ C> U-N O M3 o uK o r^ O On o t^ p p o o o o VD u-\ ON TT U-N OO '— * NO '-"-^ NO -TT ON NO OD NO o _^ -1- U-N o NO o r^ o r<1 o O o ^^ o t-^ p o CnI NO U-N (V| OO „ —I NO s a. -o' -a c c o o &H CI. O OJ J= J3 u-\ r<-) rt- On o o cz> o\ p ^ O ON o o o o p — ; O ON o o o o — m ON ON (Vj NO 00 VD p p o o ON -- -a c o ^ ON u l/^ cj2; >s CvJ C 3 a. ' ' 3 -o nl c :^ o c/5 p- u a: t/i kJ ti, Thoracic Polymorphism in Mcsovtlici midsanti 475 r-4 o o so t^ "^ C\ oo o o OO as OS ro — I o o o — • o o o o o O o CM u-\ VC tr o ON OO ON o IT) --r NO "7- ON r^ o NO ^^ VO r^ u-\ iX 1- •^ in »1- r^j ~^ NO OO o O ON 1^ oc l/N OC o o OO ITS NO o U-N ON r^ o ON OO o o OO NO ■vO o -^ r^ <=> o r--! o o o OO O :^ ro o 00 ^ o OO o 1^ o "^ o V w OO o o o rg ro c 3 •^ r^ OO d. ti rv) >. u <^ 3 d. 3 C/3 T3 < t> C OO c C ■— C c £ r\ ^ « 0 r^ ^ u. X (^ 1-, U u U O 5J J5 J= u. >> -C J= Oi ^ -« n V5 ty; .« ro ^ £ Uh — t-' ix r^ £ o . ^^ NO iv-i TT NO m NO r-I ON ON NO NO ON -a c y u £ 4J U X x" 0 o C o B 0 o w o o C 3 3 CG ON I/; _3 -a CI ■y. a .n £1, o (^1 n OJ ■y fNl c £ n "5 3 J3 -o ^ C t- c W o L. rt H, c 2 o S X r^ J3 n c u, -a ■y. U 1^ u "O c c o c > c 3 o oc O c o "0 ■y ■y. "o r^ rt 3 NO ir\ oc ■■J u c u c o u c «j bc o bi b* n Vh r^) 3 "s c c CJ be C E 4J X 'G u be bjj a c _c • ^ 1- o C , bJL t* ^^ n ON N4-4 >-. U ~ c ^^ rri o c ra 3 Csl c '-4-* o 3 be r— c o o 3 3 O u <; s ^ bfj '■'^ r; <:n 'w ^ p 3 c NO C —. tT _C d ^ •^ ~ '■O 1- u. ~ x" oc a y o C M-l '•'-1 './5 C 3 r^I X o ■y '£ a. X O o yj '^ '^ 1- o o o '5 g C ^o C 3 o^. f^ « rg CJ C be dJ o NO ^ c •— ' c E ^ r^ ^ ^ c o o VJ Q * t- 5J '■A ^ c. ;-5 3 b/. 'J bjo c ij Ti X. X i/j c « 3 M, c Si lU S 'r£ 0 u g" C 3 « ^ ■y > 0 3 NO in U E j: CI CI -O u L. ^ 3 o "c^ c 0 'yi c 3 o. ra o: 'C bo C •-J- C £ 13 E o _3 bt '£ re NO a. «j 5 be 0 'J CI "o o _3 c ~ ^ X o i-i o u hJ o Wi c^ ^ , u 3 W5 Ui o n Ci "O 4-* X UJ o -5 c TO C 3 n C be 3 C CI CJ CI „ r^ u ^ ^ c o 0 a £ 0 CJ r3 3 o bi; 3 ^ '« !S '? 3 (^1 yi c 12 C no' < o -r O be O bJC r5 3 CI 3 O CI J-. y 3 C i_ ^ <-. >-■ W o 1 M-l o -a c o" M « C V5 n. X UJ u n u «J Ui O O. C O "O •y C _3 "5 u o r^ NO E E u c o 0 £ CI '-I !^ c £ y yi CI bO c '$ c =i be c n L^ 3 in ,bc -J5 CJ 2 O r^ 'l- ^ C C ^ c -T3 -5 C .2 c c ■y o c 0 si 3 _3 be c o o O O rg no' a. X a, X o o rNj u C a be c CI £ C O >^ < ]^ 2 o tU o b£ > c 15 O > C O 'G o c od «j 3 (^1 C _3 y E rt — , ^ bC rz bt r^ >^ ^ J ■-S 2 -7- (N c c ' 'J Z £ I. tx: 476 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Table 6. Summary of Table 5 showing percentages of morphs in laboratory rearings relative to the percentages of nymphs with wing pads in parental stocks. Nymphs with wing Laboratory reared progeny Winged Inter- Morph Total Wing- N Temp. Area, pads in morph mediate un- with less in °C number parental morph known^ wing morph of expt.^ stocks pads 0-10 0.5 7.0 2.6 10.1 89.9 613 23.9 30"0 23.9 27.7 Lawrence expt. 2 expt. 3 Carbondale expt. 1 expt. 2 expt. 3 expt. 4 expt. 7 11-45 8.3 30.6 15.6 54.5 45.5 703 26.7 Carbondale expt. 5 4.9 19.8 4.7 29.4 70.6 676 25.6 Carbondale expt. 6 0.0 7.9 5.6 13.5 86.5 89 23.9 Lawrence expt. 4 "^ Nymphs with wing pads for which the morph could not be recognized. ^ Laboratory conditions given in Table 5. RESULTS OF LABORATORY STUDIES Purpose of crossing experiments. The intent was to learn what kind of morphs would be produced from different pa- rental stocks, where field samples indicated 0-10% or 11-45° o of the nymphs with wing pads. These studies also gave information on the kinds of crosses which can give rise to the three morphs. Totals for each laboratory sample are given; data on the progeny reared from individual crosses and from females fertilized in nature are available from the author. Parental stoc/{ and filial generation. As previously mentioned, 2.9% (N ^ 445) of the nymphs had wing pads in field sam- ples at Pellston in 1955. However, when rearing stocks (primarily adults) were col- lected, the localities contained few or no fourth and fifth instars. Few progeny with wing pads were obtained in all but one reared sample, for which the adult females were collected on July 2 at Duncan Bay (Table 5: Pellston expt. 3). This high percentage (35° o) of nymphs with wing pads is an unusual occurrence among mesoveliid nymphs of 45° north latitude. It was not obtained in the field; a trip to Duncan Bay at the appropriate time showed that 9.5°% (N=21) of the nymphs had wing pads. The percentage of nymphs with wing pads in the parental stock was unknown for the Lawrence expt. 1. Among the progeny, 1.6% of the nymphs had wing pads. In seven studies, the parental stocks contained 0-10°o nymphs with wing pads (Table 5: Lawrence expts. 2-3; Carbon- dale expts. 1-4, 7). In the filial generation, the percentages of nymphs with wing pads varied; there were but three winged, a few intermediate and a preponderance of wingless young (Tables 5, 6). The winged progeny were produced by two females which had been fertilized in nature. When the parental stocks contained 11- 45/o nymphs with wing pads, the filial generation reared in the laboratory gave Thoracic Polymorphism in Mesovclia mulsanti 477 Table 7. Thoracic morphs of the parents of the 109 winged progeny reared in the laboratory. Area, vear, number of ex pt., Morphs of parents Winged progeny N locality, date^ Female Male % (N) Pellston, 1955 2. Black Lake Pool. June 19 flightless- unknown 10.0 (1) 10^ 3. Duncan Bay. July 2 winged unknown 33.0 (9) 27 flightless unknown 23.1 (3) 13 4. Duncan Bay, July 6 winged unknown 6.2 (1) 16^ 6. Virgin cross no. 43 wingless winged 5.0 (1) 20'' Lawrence, 1956 2. The Pond, July I2-Scp . 11 winged unknown 0.8 (1) 127 flighdess unknown 0.9 (2) 224 Carbondale. 1961 5. Tar Hill Pond, winged winged 7.2 (22) 305 June 24-July 12 winged intermediate 6.8 (5) 73 intermediate winged 8.6 (20) 233 intermediate intermediate 12.0 (11) 92 Carbondale, 1961 6. Fisher Pond, winged winged 2.6 (5) 190 Aug. 30-Sep. 7 winged wingless 4.1 (9) 219 intermediate winged 29.4 (5) 17 intermediate intermediate 9.3 (6) 64 intermediate wingless 0.0 (0) 8 wingless winged 0.0 (0) 38 wingless intermediate 0.0 (0) 14 wingless wingless 6.3 (8) 126 ' Laboratory conditions given in Table 5. ■ \ flightless adult could be an intermediate or a wingless morph. ^The reason for the difference in this total and the one in Table 5 is because only part of the sample is being considered here. high frequencies of nymphs with wing pads, but no nymphs of the winged morph were obtained when the fluctuating tem- peratures averaged 23.9° C (Table 5: Lawrence expt. 4; Carbondale expts. 5, 6; Table 6). Laboratory conditions (Table 5) will be discussed under "influence of laboratory conditions." Morphs of progeny in relation to those of their parents. Individuals of the wing- less morph were reared from each of the nine possible kinds of crosses (three morphs, sexes taken reciprocally). Among the samples of laboratory reared progeny (Table 5), the frequency of the wingless morph ranged from 46 to 100",. The 46% was obtained in the Carbondale expt. 5. In this sample of 76 crosses, 74 yielded 14 to 100% wingless offspring. The two re- maining crosses lacked wingless progeny — the only time that this occurred in all of the research. There was no evidence that any kind of cross would consistently produce more wingless progeny than other kinds of crosses. The intermediate morph was also reared from all nine possible kinds of crosses. Among the samples of laboratory reared progeny (Table 5), the frequency of the intermediate morph ranged from 0 to 31°'o, the latter obtained in the Carbon- dale expt. 5. Among the 76 crosses, 27 had no intermediate offspring; in the others the numbers of intermediates ranged from one to 16 and the percentages from 6 to 71° c. In the Carbondale expt. 6, 20""- of the reared progeny were inter- mediates; 20 crosses had no intermediate 478 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin progeny and 36 yielded from one to 11, equalling 5 to 50° o. There was no evi- dence that any one kind of cross would produce more intermediate progeny than other kinds of crosses. Winged progeny were obtained from seven kinds of crosses (Table 7), but not as yet from crosses of intermediate female X wingless male and wingless female X intermediate male. The frequency of the winged morph ranged from 0 to 30° o among laboratory reared samples (Table 5). Among the 76 crosses in the Carbon- dale expt. 5, 26 yielded from one to five winged progeny, the percentages being 5 to 57%. Among the 56 crosses in the Carbondale expt. 6, 16 gave one to five winged progeny, the percentages being 4 to 67%. In the Carbondale expt. 5 where the morphs of both parents were known, the frequencies of the winged morph showed no statistically significant relation to the four kinds of crosses (Table 7). In the Carbondale expt. 6 where the morphs of both parents were known, the frequencies of the winged morph likewise showed no statistically significant relation to four kinds of crosses (Table 7), those yielding 3 to 9% of the winged morph. The fre- quency of the winged morph (29° o) for the two crosses of intermediate female X winged male, although statistically sig- nificant, is thought not to be meaningful. In these two crosses, the percentages of winged progeny were 21°o (N = 14) and 67%o (N = 3). As mentioned already for this experiment, 16 out of 56 crosses gave winged progeny. Study of the 16 per- centages on winged progeny indicated that 14 crosses for which the percentages ranged between 4 and 23° o did not show statistical significance. It is thought to be a matter of chance that two crosses gave higher percentages (43%, N = 7, inter- mediate female x intermediate male, cross no. 3; 67%, N = 3, intermediate female X winged male, cross no. 2). In expt. 6 three kinds of crosses lacked winged progeny. I do not understand these results. I think that winged progeny may be equally derived from the nine kinds of crosses; however, further work is needed to prove the point. The winged morph has yet to be reared from two crosses, in- termediate female X wingless male and its reciprocal. The results of Carbondale expt. 6 show that additional work with the cross of intermediate female X winged male is required. Influence of laboratory conditions. Ap- parently laboratory conditions did not in- fluence the percentages of the different morphs as these data show good agreement among different samples in the laboratory and in the field. The observed limits in laboratory rearings were 0 to 30° o for the winged morph, 0 to 31% for the inter- mediate morph, and 46 to 100° o for the wingless morph. The observed limits re- corded for field samples were 0 to 21% for the winged morph, 0 to 24°% for the intermediate morph, and 55 to 100% for the wingless morph. Proportionately more nymphs had wing pads in laboratory rearings (observed upper limit — 54°,; in the Carbondale expt. 5, Table 5) than in field samples (observed upper limit — 45°.., in the sample of July 29, 1961, Table 3). A suggested reason is the difference in temperature. For example, from June 24 to July 31, 1961, in the lab- oratory the temperature averaged 26.7° C, range 21.r-32.2°. In July in the field the monthly mean air temperature was 25.5° C, extremes 9.4°-35.0°, and the monthly mean pond water temperature was 26.4° C, extremes 12.8°-38.3°. The percentage of nymphs with wing pads that were the winged morph ranged from 0 to 86° o in the laboratory (Table 5: Carbondale: 0%, N = 22, expt. 4; 15.1%, N = 383, expt. 5; 16.6%, N = 199, expt. 6; Pellston: 85.7%, N = 14, expt. 3). Thoracic Polymorphism in Mesovelia mulsanti 479 C]um[xiris(Mi of these data on the second critical period with those obtained in field samples show that nymphs with wing pads are more likely to become the winged morph in the field than in laboratory rearings. The reason for this ditTerence is unknown. In this study there was no evidence that day length could influence thoracic de- velopment; see "Discussion." Because of later work with diapause (see next side heading), I now think that long day lengths could have stimulated the laying of non-diapause eggs in the following experiments: Table 5, Law- rence expt. 1 and Carbondale expts. 4, 6, 7. Diapause. Records of diapause eggs were obtained in 1960 (Table 5: Carbon- dale expt. 4). Non-diapause eggs with an average incubation period of 11.7 days, range 11 to 12, were recognized from dia- pause eggs with an incubation period last- ing from 20 to 227 days. One female, col- lected in the field as a fourth instar on September 30, matured in the laboratory, was mated and 7° ;, (N = 130) of the eggs were diapause. Six females were col- lected as adults, four on October 9 and two on October 13, and in the laboratory 84°o (N = 172) of the eggs were diapause. In a subsequent study on diapause at Carbondale, the work started with the collection of adult females (Galbreath, 1973). In 1971, among females collected on August 28, 3°o (N = 496) of the eggs laid in the laboratory between August 28 and September 12 were diapause; among females collected on September 17, 85% (N = 748) of the eggs laid between Sep- tember 17 and 21 were diapause. Mortality. The mortality from egg to fourth instar was 91° ^ among progeny in the Carbondale expt. 5 and 85% in the Carbondale expt. 6. This agrees with Hungerford's estimate (1917) of 90/o mor- tality. I do not think that any significance should be attached to the high mortality of nymphs. Everyone who has reared semiaquatic Hemiptera knows about the high mortality in the laboratory. I see no reason to think that a lethal factor exists for any one kind of individual of M. mttl- santi as has been postulated for individuals with the AA genetic constitution in Gerris (in G. lacitstns, Poisson, 1924; in G. lacus- tris and G. lateralis, Guthrie, 1959; in Gerris, Brinkhurst, 1959). Vespsiilainen (personal communication in 1973) re- ported that in rearing studies of G. lacustris he found such an individual to be viable. Survival. More of the progeny were reared from eggs laid early in the period of oviposition because these eggs yielded a higher proportion of progeny that sur- vived to a recognizable morph. Records from the Carbondale expt. 6 showed that the percentages of survival were 19.5% (592 progeny from 3,132 eggs) from days one through four of oviposition and 6.2% (84 progeny from 1,352 eggs) from days five through nine. Consequently, in cross- ing studies it is advantageous to start with large numbers of crosses and rear only the eggs laid early in the period of oviposition. Duration of the tiymphal stage. The nymphal stage averaged 12 days at 30.0° C and 20.5 days at 23.9° C (Table 8). These records agree with my calculations for Hungerford's data (1917) and the data for M. mulsanti reported by HofTmann (1932), respectively. DISCUSSION Differing environments are known to produce different thoracic morphs in some aquatic Hemiptera {Aphelocheirus, Lar- sen, 1931; Corixidae, Young, 1965). In the case of M. mulsanti, field samples of nymphs and results from laboratory ex- periments indicate environmental control of the morphs. In some species of gerrids, the main influence seems to be environ- 480 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Source of data Table 8. Duration in days of nymphal stage in the laboratory. Mean air temp, in °C I II Stadia III IV Duration of nymphal stage Carbondaie expt. 3' Hungerford (1917) Carbondaie expt. 4^ Hoffmann (1932) 30.0 23.9 2.1" (2-3)= 30* 2.4 (2-5) 9 3.6 (3-4) 23 3.4 (2-6) 71 1.9 2.1 2.7 3.5 12.0 (2-3) (1-4) (2-4) (3-4) .. 30 30 17 2 2 2.1 2.4 2.4 2.8 12.2 (1-3) (2-3) (2-3) (2-3) (11-14) 9 9 9 9 9 3.1 3.4 4.8 6.5 20.5 (3-4) (3-6) (4-7) (6-7) (20-22) 23 22 18 4 4 3.2 3.5 4.4 5.4 20.0 (2-5) (2-5) (3-6) (3-9) (17-24) 71 61 59 47 47 ^ Details of laboratory conditions given in Table 5. " Average in days. ^ Range in days. * Number of individuals. mental; in others, both genetic factors and environmental influences appear to be in- volved (Vepsaliiinen, 1971a). In G. odontogaster, rearing data gave no evidence of genetic control (Ekblom, 1950; Brinkhurst, 1959, 1961; Guthrie, 1959; Vepsiilainen, 1971b). Laboratory ex- periments suggested that photoperiod di- rected development toward short-winged, non-diapause individuals or winged, dia- pause individuals (Vepsiiliiinen, 1971b). The critical period appeared to be the first four stadia. Nymphs from popula- tions in southern Finland responded to in- creasing day lengths of 18 hours or longer to become short-winged adults; nymphs undergoing the critical point after the summer solstice became winged adults. Field samples of morphs supported this hypothesis. Populations were univoltine and winged in northern Finland and Sweden (Vepsaliiinen, 1971b; Ekblom, 1950; respectively). Populations showing a dimorphic first generation with short- winged adults emerging first and winged adults emerging later and a partial second generation of winged adults were observed in southern Finland and Denmark (Vep- salainen, 1971b; Andersen, 1973; respec- tively). Two studies, a rearing experiment by Guthrie (1959) and observations on seasonal differences in ovarian develop- ment between morphs by Andersen (1973), substantiated Vepsalainen's obser- vations that short-winged adults were non- diapause individuals. Overwintering pop- ulations in southern Finland consisted of winged adults from both generations and only a few short-winged adults, 0.6% in 1970. The interaction of genetic factors and environmental influences is not understood for any gerrid. In G. lateralis, for which polygenetic control was hypothesized by Ekblom (1928, 1941, 1949), and in G. lacustris, for which monogenic control was hypothesized by Poisson (1924), the ef- fects of temperature and photoperiod on nymphs (reported by Guthrie, 1959; dis- counted by Brinkhurst, 1963) have been considered. In a preliminary report on G. lacustris, Vepsiilainen (1971a) thought that monogenes could be the major control in univoltine populations but that photo- period also could be involved in determin- ing the short-winged morph in the first generation of bivoltine populations. An- dersen (1973) pointed out that this hy- Thoracic Polymorphism in Mesovclia miihanti 48] pothesis tlid not account ior the increase of short-winged adtihs that he observed in autumn. It should be noted that causation of morphs in gerroids is not Hkclv to be ex- pHcable on the basis of any one environ- mental variable. Undoubtedly there are a number of interacting intluences that contribute to the environmental control of development of morphs. Temperature and unknown factors acting on the nymphs were involved in A/, nuilsanti because of the irregular occurrence of nymphs with wing pads. If photoperiod were involved in A/, mulsanti there would have been a simultaneous occurrence of nymphs with wing pads among localities within the same geographical area and a predictable occurrence of these nymphs from one year to another. The possibility of hormonal imbalances causing flightless morphs in gerroids has been mentioned (Southwood, 1961; Brink- hurst, 1963; Wigglesworth, 1964; Novak. 1966; Chapman, 1971; Puchkova, 1971; Vepsalainen, 1971b), but there are no pub- lished results to substantiate the hypothe- sis. In gerroids, the physiological causa- tion of the developmental differences between morphs is unknown. LITERATURE CITED .A.NDERSEN, N. M. 1973. Seasonal polymorphism and developmental chantjes in organs of flight and reproduction in bivoltinc pondskaters (Hem. Gerridae). Entomoi. Scanilina\ica 4:1-20. Bkck, S. D. 1968. Insect Photoperiotlisni. .Aca- demic Press, New York. 288 pp. Brinkhurst, R. O. 1959. Alary polymorphism in the Gerroidca (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). J. .A.nim. Ecol. 28:211-230. . 1961. Alary polymorphism in the Gerroi- dea. Verh. Int. Verein. Theor. .\ngc\v. Limnol. 14:978-982. . 1963. Observations on wing-polymorphism in the Heteroptera. Proc. Roy. Entomoi. Soc. London (A) 38:15-22. Carlisle, 1). B., .\nd P. E. Ellis. 1967. Abnor- malities of growth and metamorphosis in some pyrrhocorid bugs: the paper factor. Bull. Entomoi. Res. 57:405-418. Chapnlw, R. F. 1971. The Insects: Structure and Function, 2nd ed. -American Elsevier Pub- lishing Co., New York. 819 pp. Climatolooical Data: Illinois. 1910-1962. U.S. Dcp. of Com. Weather Bureau, vols. 15-67. Ci.iMAToLocncAL DArA: Kansas. 1955-1957. U.S. Dep. of Com. Weather Bureau, vols. 60-62. Climatoloc.ical Dapa: Michigan. 1955. U.S. Dep. of Com. Weather Bureau, vol. 60. Ekblom, T. 1928. Vererbungsbiologische Studicn iiber Hemiptera-Heteroptera. I. Gcrris as per Fieb. Hereditas 10:333-359. . 1930. Morphological and biological studies of the Swedish families of Hemiptera-Heter- optera. Part II. The families Mesoveliidae, Corizidae and Corixidae. Zool. Bidrag Uppsala 12:113-150. . I 'M 1 . Untersuchungen iiber den Fliigeldi- morphisiiius bei Gerris asper Fieb. Notulae Entomoi. Helsinki 21:49-64. . 1949. Neue Untersuchungen iiber den Flijgelpolymorphismus bei Gents asper Fieb. Notulae Entomoi. Helsinki 29:1-15. . 1950. Uber die Fliigelpolymorphismus bei Gerris odontogaster Zett. Notulae Entomoi. Helsinki 30:41-49. Galbreath, J. E. 1969. Thoracic polymorphism in Mesorelia tniilsanti (Hemiptera: Meso- veliidae). Doctoral dissertation. Department of Entomology, University of Kansas. 96 |ip. . 1973. Diapause in Mcsorelia miilsauti (Hemiptera: Mesoveliidae). J. Kansas En- tomoi. Soc. 46:224-233. Gilbert, L. 1. and D. S. King. 1973. Physiology of growth and development: endocrine as- pects. In Physiology of Insecta (M. Rockstein, cd.), 2nd ed., \-ol. 1, pp. 249-370. .Academic Press, New York and London. Gupta, A. P. 1963. Comparative morphology of the Saldidae and Mesoveliidae (Heteroptera). Tiidschr. Entomoi. Amsterdam 106:169-196. Guthrie, D. M. 1959. Polymorphism in the surface water bugs (Hemipt.-Heteropt.: Gerroidea). J. Anim. Ecol. 28:141-152. Harmeson, R. H., and V. M. Schnepper. 1965. Temperatures of surface waters in Illinois. Illinois State Water Survey Rep. of Invest., no. 49:1-45. Hoffmann, C. H. 1932. The biology of three North American species of Mesorelia (Hemip- tera-Mesoveliidae). Can. Entomoi. 64:88-95, 113-120, 126-139. Horvath, G. 1915. Monographie des Mesoveliides. .Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary 13:535-556. Hungereord, H. B. 1917. The life-history of Mesoielia mulsanti White. Psyche 24:73-84. . 1953. Concerning Mesovelia cioiiglaseiisis Hungerford. J. Kansas Entomoi. Soc. 24: 76-77. HussEY, R. G. 1919. The waterbugs (Hemiptera) of the Douglas Lake region, Michigan. Occa- sional Papers Mus. Zool., Unix-. Michigan, no. 75:1-23. Jaczewski, T. 1928. Mesoveliidae from the State of Parana. Ann. Mus. Zool. Polonici 7:75-80. Jordan, K. H. C. 1931. Zur Biologic von Mesovelia jttrcata Muls. Re\. Isis Budissina, Bautzen 12:13-19. . 1936. Die Larve dcr makroptcren Form von Mesorelia f areata Muls. Rey (Hem. Het.). Isis Budissina, Bautzen 13:178-179. . 1951. .Autotomie bei Mesorelia f areata Mis. R. (Hem. Het. Mesoveliidae). Zool. Anz. 147:205-209. 482 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Larsen, O. 1931. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Pterygo- polvmorphismus bei den Wasserhcmipteren. Acta Univ. Lund (N. F.) Avd. 2 Bd. 27(8): 1-30. Leth, K. O. 1943. Die Verbeitung der danischen Wasserwanzen. Entomol. Medd., Copen- hagen 23:399-419. Local Climatological Data. Carbondale, 1910 1962. 1964. Illinois State Water Survey Misc. Pub., no. 19:1-6. MicHENER, C. D. 1961. Social polymorphism in Hymenoptera. In Insect Polymorphism ( J. S. Kennedy, ed.). pp. 42-56. Symp. Roy. Ento- mol. Soc. London, no. 1. Miyamoto, S. 1953. Biology of Microrelia dihita Distant, with descriptions of its brachy- l^ter()U^ Inrm and larval stages. Sieboldia 1(2):113-133. . 1964. Semiaquatic Heteroptera of the South-West Islands, Iving between Kvushu and Formosa. Sieboldia 3(2) :193-218. MuLLER, G. 1919. Beitrage zur Rhynchotenfauna Thiiringens. Entomol. Mitteilungen 8:142- 149. Neering, T. 1954. Morphological variations in Mesovelia midsanti (Hemiptera, Mesoveli- idae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 36:125-148. Novak, V. J. A. 1966. Insect Hormones, 3rd (1st English) ed. Methuen and Co., London. 478 pp. Poissox, R. 1922. Hemiptcres aquatiques nouveaux pour la faune normande. Bull. Soc. Entomol. France 27:75-78. . 1924. Contribution a IVtude des Hemiptcres aquatiques. Bull. ImoI. France Belgique 58:49-305. . 1933. Note sur les McsorcUa de la faune francjaise (Hem. Mesoveliiilae). Bull. Soc. Entomol. France 38:181-187. PucHKovA, L. V. 1971. The function of the wings in the Hemiptera and trends in their spe- cialization. Entomol. Rev. 50:303-309. Schumacher, F. 1*^*19. Notiz fiber Mesorelia jiircata Mls.-Rey (Hem.). Entomol. Mitteilungen 8: 195-196. SouTHWooD, T. R. E. 1961. A hormonal theory of the mechanism of wing polymorphism in Heteroptera. Proc. Roy. Entomol. Soc. Lon- don (A) 36:63-66. Sprague, I. B. 1956. The biology and morphology of Hydrotiietra martini Kirkaldy. Univ. Kan- sas Sci. Bull. 38:579-693. Thom, H. C. S., and R. H. Shaw. 1958. Climato- logical analysis of freeze data of Iowa. Monthly Weather Rev. 86:251-257. U.S. Dept. Agr., Yearbook of Agr. 1941. Climate and Man. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 1248 pp. UsixGER, R. L. 1956. Aquatic Hemiptera. In Aquatic Insects of California (R. L. Usinger, ed.), pp. 182-228. Univ. California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. Vepsalainen, K. 1971a. The roles of photoperiod- ism and genetic switch in alary polymor- phism in Genis (Het., Gerridae) (a pre- liminarv report). Acta Entomol. Fennica 28:101-102. . 1971b. The role of gradually changing daylength in determination of wing length, alary dimorphism and diapause in a Genis odontogaster (Zett.) population (Gerridae, Heteroptera) in South Finland. Ann. Acad. Sci. Fennica A, IV, Biol. 183:1-25. Wesenberg-Lund, C. 1943. Biologie der Siisswas- serinsekten. Verlag J. Springer, Berlin. 682 pp. Wigglesworth, v. B. 1961. Insect polymorphism — a tentative synthesis. In Insect Polymorph- ism (}. S. Kennedy, ed.), pp. 103-113. Symp. Roy. Entomol. Soc. London, no. 1. . 1964. The hormonal regulation of growth and reproduction in insects. Adv. Insect Physiol. 2:247-336. Young, E. C. 1965. Flight muscle polymorphism in British Corixidae: ecological observations. J. Anim. Ecol. 34:353-390. ADDENDUM Critical point, page 466, column 2, line 5; page 480, column 1, line 13. Vepsaliiinen (1974c) stated that among individuals o£ this species there could be variation in the duration of the critical period. Mortality, page 479, column 2, line 14. Subsequent studies of G. lacustris (Darn- hofer-Demar, 1973; Vepsalainen, 1974c) gave no basis for the hypothesis of a lethal factor. On the other hand, review of the available data on G. lateralis by Vep- salainen (1974c) suggested that the hy- pothesis could be plausible in this species. G. odontogaster, page 480, column 1, line 7. Add Vepsalainen, 1974a. G. lacustris, page 481, column 1, line 3. Subsequent studies of G. lacustris have been published (Darnhofer-Demar, 1973; Vepsilamen, 1974b, 1974c). LITERATURE CITED Darnhofer-Demar, !'). 1^)73 . Zur Populationsdy- namik cincr unixoltincn Population von Gerris lacustris (L.) (Heteroptera, Gerridae). Zool. Anzeiger 190: 1^9-204. Vepsalainen, K. 1974a. Lengthening of illumina- tion period is a factor in averting iliapause. Nature 247: 385-386. . 1974b. The wing lengths, reproductive stages and habitats of Hungarian Gerris Fabr. species (Heteroptera, Gerridae). Ann. Acad. Sci. Fennica A, IV, Biol. 202: 1-18. . 1974c. Determination of wing length and diapause in water-striders (Gerris Fabr., Heteroptera). Hercditas 77: 163-174. }Sf. i i i s i THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN MUS. COMP. ZOOL. LIBRARY AUG 2 7 W5 HARVARD U.NJVEIRSrrY. V ft: I :5 S s PHYLOGENY AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO MUTILLIDAE s: .V i I s S I By DENIS J. BROTHERS i a Vol. 50, No. 11, pp. 483-648 August 15, 1975 ANNOUNCEMENT The University of Kansas Science Bulletin (continuation of the Kansas Uni- versity Quarterly) is an outlet for scholarly scientific investigations carried out at the University of Kansas or by University faculty and students. Since its incep- tion, volumes of the Bulletin have been variously issued as single bound volumes, as two or three multi-paper parts or as series of individual papers. Issuance is at irregular intervals, vi^ith each volume prior to volume 50 approximately 1000 pages in length. Effective with volume 50, page size has been enlarged, reducing the length of each volume to about 750 pages. The supply of all volumes of the Kansas University Quarterly is now ex- hausted. However, most volumes of the University of Kansas Science Bulletin are still available and are offered, in exchange for similar publications, to learned societies, colleges and universities and other institutions, or may be purchased at $20.00 per volume. Where some of these volumes were issued in parts, individual parts are priced at the rate of 2 cents per page. Current policy, initiated with volume 46, is to issue individual papers as published. Such separata may be purchased individually at the rate of 3 cents per page, with a minimum charge of $1.00 per separate. Subscriptions for forthcoming volumes may be entered at the rate of $20.00 per volume. AH communications regarding exchanges, sales and subscriptions should be addressed to the Exchange Librarian, University OF Kansas Libraries, Lawrence, Kansas 66045. Reprints of individual papers for personal use by investigators are available gratis for most recent and many older issues of the Bulletin. Such requests should be directed to the author. The International Standard Serial Number of this publication is US ISSN 0022-8850. Editor Eugene C. Bovee Editorial Board William L. Bloom Philip W. Hedrick Rudolf Jander Harvey Lillywhite Charles D. Michener Norman A. Slade Henry D. Stone George W. Byers, Chairman THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. 50, No. 11, pp. 483-648 August 15, 1975 Phylogeny and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera, With Special Reference to Mutillidae Denis J. Brothers TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract 485 Introduction 486 Acknowledgments 488 Methods 489 Investigation of the Aculeata 491 States of the characters considered 491 Character states primitive for the taxa considered 538 Discussion 573 Cladistic relationships 573 Derivation of a classification 578 Investigation of the Myrmosid-Mutillid Complex (Mutillidae) 589 States of the characters considered 589 Characters utilized for derivation of the final cladogram 593 Characters rejected for derivation of the final cladogram 612 Discussion 619 Taxonomic conclusions 619 Life histories and host relationships 626 Geographic distribution 628 General Conclusions 638 Literature Cited 641 Phylogeny and Classihcatiun of the Aculeate Hymcnoptera, With Special Reference to Mutillidae' Denis J. Brothers- AHSTRACT The phylogeiiv (and classification) of the aculeate Hymcnoptera has not been examined as a whole since Horner's limited study of the entire Hymcnoptera 55 years ago. The relation- ships of the members of the "Scolioidea," especially the tiphioid-mutilloid complex, have been especially confused. This investigation attempts to rectify this situation. Representatives of 25 taxa of aculeate Hymcnoptera (the taxa varying in categorical level froni tribe to superfamily in a traditional classihcation, the emphasis being on the "Scolioidea") were examined with respect to 92 characters. Primitive-derived sequences of states were deter- mined for these characters and cladograms were constructed by electronic computer ("Wagner trees") and b\- hand using the principles of Hennig. The most variable characters were elimi- nated and cladogram construction was repeated until similar cladograms were derived by both methods. All derived states of all characters were inserted on the cladogram and numerical measures of distinctness, considering the number of derived states per internode, the number of species subtended by (i.e., resulting from) each internode and the efficiency (in terms of unique, parallel or convergent occurrences) of each derived state on each internode, were calculated. Taxoncmic distinctness of each taxon from every other was calculated, and this measure was used as a guide in establishing the categorical levels to which the taxa were as- signed in a classification. Representatives of 89° ^ of the valid described genera and subgenera of myrmosids and mutillids were examined and cladograms were derived as for the Aculeata. The final clad- ogram of the mutillid-myrmosid group was based on 43 characters (involving 61 derived states), 20 of females and 23 of males. Distinctness measures were calculated, based on these charac- ters only. These investigations suggest that the aculeate Hymcnoptera comprise three supcrfamilies, each with numerous families: 1, Bethyloidea, containing Plumariidac, Bcthylidae, Scolebythi- dac, Cleptidae, Chrysididae, Loboscclidiidae, Dryinidae, Sclerogibbidae and Embolcmidae; 2, Sphecoidea, containing two informal groups, one (Spheciformes) consisting of Ampulicidae, Sphecidae, Larridae, Mellinidae, Pemphrcdonidae, Astatidae, Philanthidae and Nyssonidac, and the other (Apiformes) consisting of CoUetidae, Halictidae, Oxacidae, Andrenidae, Mclittidae, Fidcliidac, Mcgachilidac, Anthophoridae and Apidae; and 3, Vespoidea, containing two in- formal groups, one ( Vespiformes) consisting of Tiphiidae, Sapygidae, Mutillidac, Sicrolomor- phidae, Rhopalosomatidae, Pompilidac, Bradynobacnidac, Scoliidae, Masaridae, Eumenidae and Vespidae, and the other (Formiciformes) consisting of Formicidae only. The composition of most families of Vespoidea is unchanged, but the Tiphiidae consists of only the subfamilies Anthoboscinac, Thynninae, Myzininae, Methochinac, Tiphiinae and Brachycistidinae. The Bradynobaeninac, with Typhoctinae (including Eotillini), Chyphotinae and Apterogyninac, is placed in the family Bradynobacnidac. The Mutillidac consists of seven subfamilies: Myrmosinae, Pseudophotopsidinac, Ticoplinae, Rhopalomutillinae, Sphaeropthalmi- nac (comprising two tribes, Dasylabrini and Sphacropthalmini, the latter with the subtribes ^Contribution number 1536 from the Department of Philosophy; awarded the Herbert B. Hungerford Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas Memorial Prize in Entomology. 66045. Dissertation submitted in partial fulfilment "Present address: Department of Entomology, Uni- of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of versity of Natal, Pictermaritzburg, South Africa. 485 486 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Pseudomethocina and Sphaeropthalmina), Myrmillinae and Mutillinae (comprising two tribes, Mutillini and Ephutini, the former with the subtribes Mutillina and Smicromyrmina). The cladogram of the Mutiliidae and the geographic distributions of its component taxa suggest that the family arose on Laurasia and differentiated in northeastern Africa. The New World members were possibly derived almost entirely from two independent stocks introduced to South America from Africa, and the Australasian fauna probably resulted in the main from a few introductions from South America across Antarctica. INTRODUCTION The Hymenoptera is a well-defined order of endopterygote insects, often con- sidered to comprise a distinct superorder (e.g., Mackerras, 1970), and is undoubt- edly holophyletic (Ashlock, 1971, 1972; = monophyletic sensii Hennig, 1966a). Within the Hymenoptera, the suborder Apocrita (= Clistogastra) is also holo- phyletic, being characterized by develop- ment of a constriction between the first and second abdominal segments and fu- sion of the first abdominal segment with the thorax to form the propodeum. This situation is unique in the Insecta. (Be- cause of these morphological modifica- tions, the tagmata of apocritans are re- ferred to below as "head," "mesosoma," and "metasoma," for the head, apparent thorax and apparent abdomen, following the suggestion of Michener, 1944.) By con- trast, the Syinphyta (= Chalastogastra) is almost certainly a paraphyletic group {sensii Ashlock, 1971, 1972; not Nelson, 1971) as Rasnitsyn (1969: p. 168, Fig. 273) has demonstrated, the Apocrita possibly having been derived from within the Siricoidea. Although the Apocrita is often formally considered to comprise a number of et]uiv- alent superfamilies (e.g., Riek, 1970), an informal division into two groups is use- ful. One of these groups, the Aculeata, is holophyletic, being characterized mainly by modification of the ovipositor as a stinging apparatus (see Oeser, 1961, for various characters involved). The other group, the Terebrantia (= Parasitica) is undoubtedly paraphyletic, comprising the remaining apocritans, Richards (1956b) considers these groups more formally as sections. The Aculeata is commonly considered to comprise seven superfamilies ("Beth- yloidea," "Scolioidea," "Pompiloidea," "Formicoidea," "Vespoidea," "Sphecoidea" and "Apoidea") of which the first two are judged to be the most primitive in general (e.g., Evans & West Eberhard, 1970). (Since this study has led to conclusions which involve changes in the limits of taxa previously recognized at the family and superfamily levels, names used in the old sense are enclosed in quotation marks throughout.) Most of these superfamilies are readily characterized by one or more unique specializations and thus are clearly holophyletic. The "Scolioidea" is an ex- ception, however, since this group appears to contain those aculeates which do not clearly fall into any of the other super- families. It is thus probably paraphyletic or even polyphyletic {sensii Hennig, 1966a; Ashlock, 1971, 1972; not Nelson, 1971), although shown as holophyletic in the dendrcjgram of Evans & West Eberhard (1970). The "Scolioidea" further contains various taxa the placement of which has been confused. The main purpose of this investigation is thus the clarification of the interrelationships of the various taxa com- prising the "Scolioidea," with special em- phasis on the "Mutiliidae," and the deriva- tion of a classification which reflects these interrelationships adequately. Coinciden- tally, the study has been extended to cover the entire Aculeata. There have been widely differing clas- PllYLOGENY AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE AcULEATE HyMENOPTERA 487 sifications at the higher levels for the members of the scolioid complex, notably the "Tiphiidae" (sensii lato). Thus, de Saussure (1(S92) considered the entire com- plex to be a single family (Heterogynes) and Ashmead (1900, 1903-1904) ^differ- entiated eight families in this group. Pate (1947a) provided some clarification of the genera related to Tiphia, Myzinum, etc., and Krombein (1951) included six fam- ilies in the "ScoHoidea" oi North America. Tobias (1965) elevated one of these fam- ilies ("Sapygidae") to the superfamily level so that he could designate its two subordinate taxa as families. The "Mutil- lidae" has consistently been considered an important member of the "Scolioidea." The "Mutillidae" is a large, cosmo- politan group of wasps, the classification of which has also long been in a state of confusion. The group included by Lin- naeus (1758) and other early workers in the genus Miitilla was much broader than the present family "Mutillidae." (The fol- lowing outline excludes those sections more recently considered to fall in other famiUes.) Although there were prelimi- nary attempts by workers such as Latreille (1809, 1825, 1829), Wesmael (1851), Sichel & Radoszkovsky (1869), Thomson (1870), Blake (1871, 1886), Burmeister (1874) and de Saussure (1892) to develop a higher level classification within the group (often by merely describing a few new genera or subgenera for species which were super- ficially aberrant), subsequent workers such as Fox (1899, 1900) again reduced most genera to synonymy of Mittilla, although suggesting species groups within the ge- nus. However, Andre (1899-1903, 1902) and Ashmead (1900, 1903-4) described many new genera and each proposed a different classification for the group. The differences between the two schemes re- sulted mainly from tendencies by Andre to lump many taxa into a single family (Mutillidae), while Ashmead placed the equivalent taxa in four families (Cosilidae, Thynnidae, Myrmosidae and Mutillidae). Bischoff (1920-21) based his classification of African species mainly on that of Andre (1902), with the addition of various tribal divisions and taking into account Borner's (1919) phylogeny of the Hymenoptera. Bradley & Bequaert (1923, 1928) formu- lated a scheme that combined features of those of Andre (1902) and Ashmead (1900, 1903-4). Concurrently they placed most members of two of Bischoff's tribes (Trogaspidiini and Smicromyrmini) in a single genus (Smicromy>'^ne). Skorikov (1935) proposed a classification which es- sentially raised the previously recognized taxa by one categorical step, placing the two tribes of Bischoff in question as sub- families. Schuster (1947, 1949) recognized that previous attempts at a classification of the group had often been rendered inap- plicable because they had been based on too limited material. He proposed a scheme which attempted to take this into account even though he apparently saw few specimens from the Old World. This scheme was adopted by Krombein (1951) for Nearctic species. By contrast, Invrea (1964) used a classification essentially based only on Old World species for the Italian fauna, thus perpetuating the type of arrangement that Schuster had at- tempted to eliminate. The present study was initiated as an attempt to derive a broadly applicable classification of the "Mutillidae" from con- sideration of the entire world fauna (speci- mens were available for approximately 90 percent of the described taxa at the genus level). After initial investigations it be- came apparent that the "Mutillidae" as previously delineated was almost certainly polyphyletic, as had been suggested by Schuster (1949). As a result, the investiga- tion was extended to other members of the "Scolioidea" in an attempt to find the smallest holophyletic group upon which a 488 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin classification could be based. The super- family "Scolioidea" proved to be at most paraphyletic (as suggested above), so that the remaining divisions were added to the investigation. Although the study was thus broadened to include the entire Aculeata, the levels of accuracy and completeness vary con- siderably, depending on the problem being investigated at each stage. Thus the study of the "Mutillidae" and closely related groups is the most complete and hopefully the most accurate. As higher and higher level taxa were added into the study, time and kjgistics militated against each being considered as completely as were the taxa originally investigated. Further inaccura- cies may have been caused by the un- availability of specimens of rare groups, resulting in the absence of data for some characters of these. The unavoidable in- accuracies introduced at the higher levels as a result of these factors are, however, of minor importance for the main focus of the study, viz., the relationships of the "Mutillidae." ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This investigation would not have been possible without the assistance, encourage- ment and advice of many individuals, hi particular, I thank Drs. Charles D. Michener and Peter D. Ashlock for their unfailing willingness to discuss many aspects of the study. Mr. William L. Overal also freely gave advice. Specimens were generously placed at my disposal or donated by the following institutions and individuals: Al- bany Museum, Grahamstown, South Africa (through C. F. Jacot-CJuillarmod); Ameri- can Museum of Natural History, New York (J. G. Rozen, Jr.); Bernice P. Bishop Mu- seum, Honolulu, Hawaii (J. L. Grcssitt, C. M. Yoshimoto, S. Nakata); British Museum (Natural History), London, England (M. C. Day, C. R. Vardy); California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California (P. H. Arnaud, Jr.; H. B. Leech); Departamento de Zoologia, Sao Paulo, Brazil (N. Papavero); Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville, Florida (H. V. Weenis); Hope Department, University Museum, Oxford, England (C. O'Toole); Instituto Miguel Lillo, Tucuman, Argentina (A. Willink); In- stituut von Taxononiische Zoologie, Amster- dam. Netherlands (J. P. Duffels); Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas (C. W. Rettenmeyer, H. D. Blocker); Koninklijke Museum voor Midden-Afrika, Tervuren, Bel- ; giuni (J. Decelle); Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales, Buenos Aires, Argentina; Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Santi- ago, Chile (V. Perez D'A.) ; Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France (S. Kel- ner-Pillault); National Museum, Bulawayo, Rhodesia (E. C. G. Pinhey); National Mu- seum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. ( K. V. Krombein, A. S. Menke); Rijksmu- seuni voor Natuurlijke Historic, Leiden, Netherlands (J. T. Wiebes); Snow Ento- mological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas (C. D. Michener); South African Museum, Cape Town, South Africa (A. J. Hesse); Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, South Africa (J. A. van Reenen); Univer- sidad de Costa Rica, San Jose, Costa Rica (A. Wille); University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona (C. E. Mickel); University of Cali- fornia, Berkeley, California (E. I. Schlinger); University of California, Davis, California; University of California, Riverside, Cali- fornia (S. Frommer); University of Minne- sota, Saint Paul, Minnesota (E. F. Cook, P. J. Clausen); University of Queensland, Bris- bane, Australia (T. E. Woodward, E. M. Exley); F. D. Bennett, Curepe, Trinidad; W. D. Dyer, Glendora, California; M. A. Fritz, Buenos Aires, Argentina; A. J. Giai, S. C. de Bariloche, Argentina; A. R. Hardy, Sacramento, California; R. C. Heaversedge, Salisbury, Rhodesia; C. F. Jacot-Guillarmod, Grahamstown, South Africa; K. Naumann, S. C. de Bariloche, Argentina; C. W. O'Brien, Tallahassee, Florida; F. D. Parker, Logan, Utah; L. E. Peiia G., Santiago, Chile; T. J. Ridsdill Smith, Armidale, Australia; C. A. C. Seabra, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil; F. J. Suarez, Almeria, Spain. Valuable specimens and data were ob- Phyloglny and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 489 rained while I was working on projccrs pri- marily concerned with studies ol bee biology. Specimens of immatiires and biological data on myrmosids and mutillids were obtained during studies on the origin of sociality in halictine bees (supported through Na- tional Science Foundation Grant GB-8588X; Charles D. Michener, principal investigator). Manv valuable specimens were also obtained during a three-month visit to z\rgentina in- volved with studies on the evolutionary rela- tionships between bees and Larrea. a sub- project of the Origin and Structure of Ecosystems Program. I.B.P. U.S.A. (sup- ported through National Science Foundation Grant GB-31I91; Paul D. Hurd, Jr., prin- cipal investigator). The present study was thus significantly aided by those grants. In addition, it was possible to extend the cover- age of the investigation considerably beyond that originally intended as a result of finan- cial support for travel and two one-year traineeship assistantships awarded me by the Committee on Systematic and Evolu- tionary Biology at the University of Kansas ( funded through National Science Founda- tion Grants GB-4446X and GB-8785). Com- putation of Wagner trees was done at the University of Kansas Computation Center, using the program "WAGNER 702 MOD- ULE, VERSION 20 /'11/70; HONEYWELL 635 VERSION 4/10/7L" Finally, I wish to thank numerous friends and colleagues, too many to list individually, for their constant interest and encourage- ment, and their generous hospitality during my travels in South Africa, the United States, Argentina and Europe; my parents for their patience during my protracted ab- sence in a "foreign land"; and, in particular Mr. C. F. Jacot-Guillarmod, who first intro- duced me to the wonderful world of wasps. METHODS The methods by which the final cladis- tic diagrams were derived were essentially the same no matter which taxonomic grouping was involved. First, the opera- tional taxonomic units (OTU's) under consideration were surveyed in an attempt to discover as many differentiating char- acter states as possible. Each character was re-examined to ensure that the different states could be unambiguously recognized and placed in a coded sequence of "primi- tive" (or ancestral) to "derived." If there was much uncertainty, the character was rejected. Then, using the selection of least equivocal characters remaining, a cladistic dendrogram was constructed, using two methods. First, a diagram was constructed by hand using the principles of Hennig (1966a) as elaborated by Brundin (1966) and others, i.e., basing all groups on com- mon possession of the derived state of one or more characters (synapomorphies). Second, a diagram was derived by use of a computer program for construction of "Wagner trees" (Farris, 1970; Kluge & Farris, 1969). The hand- and machine- derived trees, representing different ap- proaches to the problem (Moss & Hend- rickson, 1973), were then compared. All characters were re-examined in the light of their distribution on the trees and those characters which showed many separate derivations or reversals of the same state were eliminated because of their instabil- ity. Certain characters were found to be in need of re-coding, either because of in- appropriate delimitation of states or mis- interpretation of the primitive-derived se- quence. Judgments were based on the principle that most parsimonious place- ment of states on the trees was the most likely to be correct, unless logically contra- indicated (e.g., a most parsimonious place- ment requiring the re-appearance of a complex structure in an identical form after being lost). During the process of consideration and rejection or retention of characters, due importance was given to the complexity of the character concerned. Thus, for example, a character involving a complex of morphological features was considered to be less likely to have under- gone multiple independent changes to a 490 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin similar derived state than was a simple character involving a single structure. During the examination process various additional characters were discovered and incorporated into the data matrix. Once all the characters had been re- evaluated, cladistic diagrams were again constructed by hand and using the com- puter. These were again compared, the characters re-evaluated and new characters added, etc. This process was repeated until highly similar or identical cladograms were derived using the two methods of construction, indicating that the characters used presented a distribution of derived states that were meaningfully correlated. This final scheme (or highly similar schemes) also most likely embodied the maximal number of "uniquely derived character [states]" and the lowest "coef- ficient of character-state randomness" (Le Quesne, 1969, 1972) possible. The initial studies were done using selected genera traditionally included in the "Mutillidae" {sensii Schuster, 1947, 1949) as well as representatives of the various subordinate taxa considered to comprise the "Tiphiidae" {sensit Pate, 1947a), the family thought to be most closely related to the "Mutillidae." These investigations led to two independent lines of study, viz., relationships between the Mutillidae {sensit stricto) (the character- istics of which had been established by the initial study) and other taxa within the traditional "Scolioidea" and eventually the Aculeata (taxa being added at higher and higher levels as the study progressed), and the relationships within the Mutil- lidae. For the studies involving the Aculeata the characteristics for the various taxa were derived from relatively few species chosen to cover the variation within the taxon as completely as possible, but with emphasis on the presumably least special- ized forms. The categorical levels of the taxa involved varied from tribe (in the "Mutillidae") to family (for most other "Scolioidea") or superfamily (for the non- scolioid aculeates). The material exam- ined in each instance is listed in the ac- count of the primitive characters of each taxon, below. The general usefulness of any classifi- cation depends on the purposes for which it was drawn up. In the present study the attempt has been made to formulate a classification of as general applicability as possible. A classification appears to be of broadest use when it is based neither ex- clusively on raw phenetic data divorced from any consideration of evolutionary pathways ("pure phenetics," as advocated by Sneath & Sokal, 1973, and others) nor derived from a rigid insistence upon strictly holophyletic taxa, paraphyletic groups being inadmissible ("pure cladis- tics," as proposed by Hennig, 1966a, 1969, necessitating a complex numbering sys- tem; and others), but considers both these aspects, as well as chronistic information (which is present in a relative sense in any cladogram), and may be termed "natural." Such a classification may be based on a cladogram, with the limits and ranks of the included taxa being delineated by phenetic considerations. Sneath & Sokal (1973) consider that "basing taxonomy on all three approaches [i.e., phenetics, cladis- tics and chronistics] requires art or com- promise, both of which are inadmissible as bases for a precise science." The present study is an attempt to achieve the ideal by minimizing this "requirement," as has been called for by Hull (1970). As Tuomikoski (1967) and Ashlock (1971, 1972) have pointed out, paraphy- letic groups fulfill the basic requirements of monophyly which have always been re- garded as essential properties of good taxa. There is thus no reason to discard taxa which are found to be paraphyletic if they are phenetically about as homogeneous as Phylogeny and Classification oi- the Aculeate Hymenoptera 491 arc holopliyletic taxa at the same cate- gorical level. On the other hand, a classifi- cation incliiciiiig paraphyletic taxa should not be used as the basis for studies (e.g., zoo- geography) which require accurate knowl- edge of branching patterns displayed in the cladoirram from which the classifica- tion was derived. (The ntimerical meth- ods used to obtain indices of phenetic distinctness for the various groups in a cladogram are discussed below, in the sec- tion on "derivation of a classification" for the Aculeata.) Previous classifications and evolution- ary schemes of the higher Hymenoptera have generally not been based on strict consideration of synapomorphies. This de- fect was encouraged by the presence of trends which appear in various lines ap- parently independently but are character- istic of many of the more derived groups. For example, there is a general tendency toward reduction of the decree of articu- lation between the various mesosomal sclerites, especially in the pleural region, expressed in various ways in the higher Aculeata. The consideration of such trends as being characteristic of a single line has been responsible for the conven- tional (inadequate) view involving se- quential divergence of various taxa from a single evolutionary Hne (e.g., the scheme provided by Evans & West Eberhard, 1970). A detailed study of the hymenopteran ovipositor by Oeser (1961) has, however, used Hennigian principles in the deriva- tion of a very limited cladogram which demonstrates that the Aculeata in the broad sense are holophyletic [females have lost the cerci, section 1 of the gonocoxite IX is dorsoventrally constricted, and the basal portion of the "notum" of gonapo- physis IX is detached (terminology of Smith, 1970a & b) ; all three are derived states occurring in the Aculeata only], as are its two component sister groups, the "Bethyloidea" and the remaining Aculeata (sensti stricto). This study, admittedly based on a limited suite of characters albeit ones involved in a structural system of great complexity, has provided the ration- ale for restricting the present study to the Aculeata. Comparisons were also made to the Trigonalidae (Terebrantia) since these have been considered representative of the possible ancestors of the Aculeata (Lanham, 1951; Riek, 1970). Decisions as to the direction and course of evolution of some characters were also aided by reference to a few members of the Sym- phyta (Argidae, Cimbicidae, Diprionidae, Siricidae, Tenthredinidae, Xyelidae) and Terebrantia (Braconidae, Chalcididae, Gasteruptiidae, Ibaliidae, Ichneumonidae). INVESTIGATION OF THE ACULEATA States of the Characters Considered The characters used in the analysis of the Aculeata vary greatly in scope and plasticity. Some characters are uniform in all taxa examined except for a single taxon, these representing unique evolutionary in- novations serving to differentiate only the taxon bearing the derived state. Such autapomorphies do not associate taxa and are of minor phylogenetic significance. They do, however, contribute to the phe- netic component of the degree of differ- entiation of the taxon in question from its sister group. In such cases it is usually relatively easy to decide which state is primitive and which is derived; the more common state is primitive. Other charac- ters present synapomorphies which serve to associate two or more taxa on a com- mon branch of the cladogram bv virtue of their sharing the uniquely derived state of the character. The direction of evolu- tion in such characters may sometimes not be obvious and must then be determined with reference to the states in forms pre- 492 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin sumed to be generally more primitive than the Aculeata. The degree of congruence with the patterns of derivations presented by other characters is also significant. Some states that are seemingly synapo- morphous may not represent unique deri- vations; a superficially similar derived state may occur in more than one location on the cladogram but in remote sections of it (resulting in convergences). Such a situation reduces the usefulness of the character to some extent. Other characters show tendencies toward the evolution of similar derived states numerous times, often in the same general section of the cladogram, expressed as parallelisms. Al- though such plastic characters are mostly of minor use in associating taxa on par- ticular branches, they are often useful in indicating which of two taxa associated on the basis of other characters may be considered the more highly derived. In such cases the character involves the "ten- dency toward" a particular derived state. If formulated in this way the derived state may be envisioned as having evolved (in some preliminary but unexpressed fash- ion) some time before its appearance on any of the branches of the cladogram, per- haps as the result of accumulated muta- 21 .1.1 21.3 A 21.1.1 A 21.1 21.2.1 21.2 \ t /^ 21 Fig. 1. Diagram of evolution of character 21, show- ing scheme for numbering the states. tions in a non-functional set of gene loci producing a "frozen accident" (see Ohno, 1973). The numbering system for character states reflects the pattern of evolution for the character involved. Each subsequent digit, reading from the left, refers to a state derived from that expressed by the digits preceding it. This is illustrated in Fig. 1, which shows the pattern of evolu- tion of character 21. Where a particular derived state is characteristic of an entire taxon it is referred to below as being pres- ent "in" the group concerned. If a derived state is found in only some members of a taxon and is not characteristic of the entire taxon, it is referred to as occurring "within" the group involved. Placement of the various derived states on "inter- nodes" refers to the final cladogram (Fig. 2). Where examples are given below, the use of a genus name does not necessarily imply that all members of the genus show that character state, but that one or more species do; nor are examples of groups containing a few members with a par- ticular state meant to encompass all such groups. The ending "-id" also does not imply family status. Although it is inappropriate to refer to taxa as being "primitive" or "advanced," since each taxon exhibits characters in both the "primitive" and "advanced" (or "derived") states, it is convenient to refer to taxa in this wav on occasion. When a taxon is referred to as being "primitive" this generally means that it originates low on the cladogram and bears relatively few characters in derived states. Those characters considered to be most useful in the final construction of the cladogram are marked with an asterisk (*). Even in these, all derived states are usually not equally useful and in some instances one state is practically of no sig- nificance whereas another is of great im- portance. Phylogeny and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 493 scolid. vespid formic. myrmos. 9T apids sphecd. Fig. 2. Cladogram of 25 taxa of Acultata, based on 92 characters. Lengths of branches (measured from the circumference of each circle) are proportional to the distinctness measures (DC) derived below. 494 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin Certain characters were confirmed or derived from studies by Reid (1941) on the mesosoma, Snodgrass (1941) on the male genitaUa and Oeser (1961) on the female genitalia. Genitalic terminology is that of Smith (1969, 1970a & b). Wing venation is based on the terminology of Hamilton (1971, 1972a & b), derived from that of Ross (1936). The number of closed cells includes the costal cell if that cell is pres- ent and closed. The symbols used for the behavioral formulae are based on those of Iwata (1942, 1950) as used by Evans (1966b) but with some modifications, mainly those necessary to include the bees in the same scheme. The symbols are as follows: Preparation of next = I (in- struere); Searching for larval provisions = V (venari); Transport of provisions = T (transjerre); Preparation of provi- sions— paralysis of animal prey = P (pungere), preparation (often "mixing") of pollen-nectar mass == M (rniscere); Ovi- position = O (ovum parere); Final clo- sure ^ C (clandere); Provisions — of ani- mal origin ^ subscript a. of vegetable origin := subscript v. Other terminology is explained where necessary in the section on the character involved, below. *1. Sexual dimorphism, general form. Primitively, sexual dimorphism in general body form is minimal except that the male may be slightly smaller than the fe- male and sometimes members of one sex may be apterous. 1.1 — The male is con- siderably more slender than the female and is very elongate, thus being of quite different form. No or only slight sexual dimorphism is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeate Hymenop- tera and also in most members of the Aculeata. State 1.1 is unicjuely derived, occurring on internode 12-13 and forming a synapo- morphy which links the myzinid and methochid groups. However, Pterombrus (myzinid) has the general sexual dimor- phism only slight, indicating that state 1.1 may have been reversed within the my- zinid group, or it may have arisen within the myzinid group. There is actually a tendency toward increased slenderness in the males within the entire branch sub- tended by internode 7-10 except for the tiphiid and brachycistidid groups, but its development to a very similar extreme in the myzinid and methochid groups leads to male slenderness being placed as above. Further, some members of the scoliid (e.g., Campsomen's) and apid (e.g., Cory- nura; Eickwort, 1969) groups have mod- erately slender males, but these are not of the same form as those included in the groups possessing state 1.1. 2. Sexual dimorphism, aptery. Primi- tively, both sexes are fully winged, or, rarely, both sexes have the wings equally reduced. 2.1 — Sexual dimorphism is con- siderable, with the male winged and the female apterous. No sexual dimorphism in wing devel- opment is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeate Hymenoptera and also in most aculeates. Aptery in the female only has occurred on numerous occasions independently throughout the Aculeata. State 2.1 has developed on internodes 8-9 (associating the myrmosid and mutillid groups) and 18-21 (where it links five taxa), and in the plumariid, thynnid, methochid and brachycistidid groups. In view of its sporadic occurrence, little weight should be attached to it even where it does indi- cate synapomorphy. Furthermore, female aptery (or brachyptery) has arisen within the bethylid (e.g., Deinodryinus, Pristo- cera; Evans, 1964a), myzinid (e.g., Braun- someria), tiphiid (e.g., Pseudotiphia; Nagy, 1969b) and formicid (all workers, some queens, e.g., Dorylus, Eciton; Wil- son, 1971) groups. [Aptery or brachyptery in both sexes has arisen within the Phvlochny and Classiiication of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 495 rhopalosomatid (e.g., Olixon) group; brachypter\ in males only occurs within the apids (e.g., Lasioglossiim; Houston, 1970: Perdita; Rozen, pers. comm.).J 3. Sterile caste. Primitively, all female individuals arc capable of reproduction. 3.1 — There is a specialized caste of females with reduced or no reproductive capability. The lack of a sterile female caste is considered primitive because this is the condition in all non-aculeates and the vast majority of aculeate Hymenoptera. The developinent of a sterile worker caste (3.1) is characteristic of the entire formicid group only, and thus provides no information on relationships at the higher levels. However, a similar derived state has evolved independently on various oc- casions within the apid (e.g., Lasioglos- siim, Bombiis, Apis, Trigona; Michener, 1974) and vespid (e.g., Vespa, Vespiila; Wilson, 1971) groups. 4. Pubescence (Fig. 3). Primitively, all pubescence is simple and unbranched. 4.1 — Some of the body setae, especially those dorsally at the base of the metasoma, are branched to some extent, being sub- plumose or plumose. Simple pubescence is considered primi- tive because this is the condition in most Hymenoptera, both non-aculeates and aculeates. The presence of plumose pubescence is characteristic of the apid group and is one of the classical characters for distinguish- ing this group from the sphecids. State 4.1 also occurs on internode 21-22, how- ever, associating the eotillid and typhoctid groups. A similar state has developed within the anthoboscid (e.g., Lalapa) and mutillid (e.g., Sphaeropthahna, Pseiido- methoca) groups at least, so that the im- portance of this character and its useful- ness for establishing higher groupings is somewhat diminished. 5. Ch'peiis (Fig. 4). Primitively, the cly- peus is rather short and transverse so that Figs. 3-4. Characters of Aculeata. 3, body seta, showing primitive and derived states of pubescence; 4, head, anterior view, showing primitive and derived states of clypeus (5 based on Anthobosca, $ ; 5.1 on Clystopsenella, $ ; 5.2 on Apoica, $ ). the antennae are inserted below the mid- dle of the face but not immediately above the oral cavity, i.e., the clypeus is termed "moderate." 5.1— The clypeus is extremely short and reduced to a transverse strip so that the antennae appear to be inserted just above the oral cavity. 5.2 — The cly- peus is somewhat dorsally produced and increased in height so that the antennae are inserted at or slightly above the middle of the face. A moderate clypeus is considered prim- itive because this is the condition in most Aculeata and in particular in those con- sidered primitive on the basis of other, stronger characters. Most non-Aculeata appear to have a slightly larger clypeus, although the Trigonalidae seem to fall 496 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin more or less midway between clear expres- sion o£ either the primitive state or state 5.2. The clypeal form is difficult to interpret and is somewhat variable so that the states are fairly equivocal. However, state 5.1 represents an extreme and is characteristic of the scolebythid group as well as the females of the brachycistidid group. It also occurs within at least the myzinid group (e.g., female of Braiinsomeria) and there is a tendency toward this state in the females of the bradynobaenid group. State 5.2 (representing the opposite trend) is present in the scoliid group (although somewhat equivocally so) and more clearly in the vespids (thus arising on internode 19-20), and in the males of the apterogynid group. It has also arisen within various other taxa such as the apid (practically all members except e.g., Brachyhesma), sphe- cid (e.g., Sphex, Zyzzyx) and formicid (especially males, e.g., Paltothyreiis, Caw- ponotus) groups. In view of the sporadic occurrence of both derived states and their equivocal nature, the clypeal form is ac- corded little weight in the analysis of relationships. *6. Antennul soc/{et (Fig. 5). Primitively, the antennal socket is an approximately circular foramen bordered evenly by a slightly raised rim. 6.1 — The dorsomesal region of the rim is much produced, form- ing a projecting "tubercle" which is semi- circular in cross-section and well-differ- entiated from the interantennal frontal region. 6.2 — The interantennal front dor- somesal to the antennal socket is produced into a "frontal ledge" which is not highly differentiated from the front dorsally and is thus distinguishable from state 6.1. A simple antennal socket is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeate Hymenoptera as well as most Aculeata. State 6.1 occurs twice on the cladogram, on internodes 7-8 (where it associates the Figs. 5-6. Characters of Aculeata. 5, head, anterior \ievv, showing derived states of antennal socket (6.1 based on Aiireotilla, $ ; 6.2 on Meria, $ ) ; 6, head, anterior view, showing primitive and derived states of eye form (7 based on Anthobosca. S ; 7.1 on Apterogyna, $ \ 7.1.1 on Aptciogyna, 9 ; 7.2 on Apoica, $ ; 7.3 on Methocha, $). sapygid, myrmosid and mutillid groups) and 21-23 (linking the chyphotid and apterogynid groups), being subsequently modified into state 6.2 in the bradynobae- nid group. State 6.2 occurs elsewhere on internode 12-13 thus linking the myzinid and methochid groups although it is not as well-developed in many of the metho- chids as in most myzinids. Although there is a tendency toward a state like 6.2 in female Plumariiis, this state is not con- sidered to be fully developed in the plu- mariid group. States 6.1 and 6.2 are not as distinct as the notation would indicate, as witness the apparent derivation of 6.2 directly from 6.1 in the bradynobaenid group. A state similar to 6.1 also occurs within the bethylid group (e.g., Apenesia, Pristocera), so that this character is ac- Phylogenv and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 497 tuallv not an extremely efficient indicator of groupings. 7. Eye form (Fig. ()). Primitively, each compound eye is large, oval and with the inner margin (seen from directly an- teriorly) shallowly sinuate. 7.1— The eye is somewhat rounded but retains the sinu- ate inner margin. 7.1.1 — The eye is rounded and the inner margin is convex. 7.2 — The eye is essentially oval but the inner margin is deeply incised so that the shape is reniform. 7.3 — The eye is oval but the inner margin is convex. An oval eye with sinuate inner margin is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-Aculeata and also in those aculeates considered to be the most primitive on the basis of other characters. The differences between the various states of eye form are very subtle and often equivocal. Nevertheless, they do seem to provide useful information on higher groupings. Although state 7.1 has appar- ently evolved in parallel in both the chy- photid and apterogynid groups and its derivative occurs in the females of both these groups, there is a trend toward this state in the bradynobaenid group also, so that state 7.1 may logically be placed on internode 21-23 as another synapomorphy shared by these three taxa. A limitation is, however, inherent in the usefulness of this state since similar states have occurred within the plumariid (e.g., Pliimarius male — 7.1), brachycistidid (e.g., Brachycistis — 7.1), mutillid (e.g., Chrestomutilla — 7.1; Sphaeropthabna — 7.1.1), formicid (most females — 7.1.1) and other groups. State 7.2 is unic|uely derived on the tree and links the scoliid and vespid groups, falling on internode 19-20. The strength of this is somewhat lessened by the occurrence of a similar condition within the sphecid (e.g., Trypargiliim), anthoboscid (e.g., Lalapa), sapygid (e.g., Sapyga), mutillid {Rhopalomutilla, Mutilla males), myzinid (e.g., Myzinum male) and rhopalosomatid (e.g., Rhopalosoma) groups also. State 7.3 has occurred on at least four separate occasions, in the plumariid (female), scolebythid, methochid and brachycistidid (female) groups. It also has arisen within various taxa such as the bethylid (e.g., Parnopes), sphecid (e.g., Cerceris) and rhopalosomatid (e.g., Olixon) groups so that it is of little significance in delineating relationships. 8. Eye contour. Primitively, the com- pound eye more or less follows the general contours of the head. 8.1— The eye is pro- tuberant and very prominent, being highly differentiated from the surrounding cuticle. A non-protuberant eye is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates and also in most acu- leate Hymenoptera. Although state 8.1 has apparently oc- curred as a parallelism in both the chy- photid and apterogynid groups, it may actually be that there has been a reversal in the bradynobaenid group to a situation similar to the primitive state, a hypothesis possibly supported by the fact that the eyes do not merge smoothly into the sur- rounding cuticle but present a disconti- nuity at their margins in the males of the bradynobaenids. In this case state 8.1 would have arisen on internode 21-23. In the absence of any further indications, parallel derivations are considered more likely than is the reversal. Elsewhere, state 8.1 occurs in the brachycistidid group and also within the plumariid (e.g., Pliimarius male), mutillid (e.g., Sphaerop- thalma) and formicid (e.g., Paraponera male) groups, especially in those species of nocturnal or crepuscular habit. This character is probably thus of minimal sig- nificance in establishing relationships be- tween the taxa investigated. 498 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin 9. Eye pores and setae. Primitively, the compound eye has scattered pores which penetrate the cuticle between the omma- tidia and which bear minute setae which are not readily distinguishable except un- der extreme magnification (referred to as "not evident"). 9.1— The setae are readily visible at magnifications of approximately lOOX, and are referred to as "short." 9.2— The sensory setae are obvious at magnifi- cations of 20X or less and are referred to as "moderately long." 9.3— The pores and setae are apparently completely absent and are not visible under magnifications of lOOX. An eye with pores and minute setae is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates (in par- ticular the Terebrantia, including Tri- gonalidae) and also in most Aculeata. It is often extremely difficult to dis- tinguish the various states involved in this character and each has apparendy arisen independently on several occasions, so that they are of minimal significance in the delineation of the cladogram. State 9.1 is characteristic of the scolebythid, brachy- cistidid (male), sierolomorphid, rhopalo- somatid and formicid groups and also links the eotillid, typhoctid and males of the chyphotid groups (on internode 18- 21). It has apparently been modified in the females of the chyphotids and both sexes of the apterogynid and bradynobae- nid groups, the last three groups being associated by possession of state 9.3 (on internodes 21-23 for the female and 23-24 for the male). State 9.1 has also evolved independently within the bethylids (e.g., Pristocera). State 9.2 appears in the myr- mosids and methochids and also within the apids (e.g., Apis, Coelioxys) and mu- tillids (e.g., Areotilla). Apart from its occurrences in the branch subtended by internode 21-23, state 9.3 appears in the plumariid (female), brachycistidid (fe- male) and scoliid groups and also within the plumariid (e.g., Phtmariiis male) and mutillid (e.g., Pseudophotopsis) groups at least. 10. Ocelli. Primitively, three ocelli are present on the vertex. 10.1 — The ocelli are completely absent, not even traces being retained. The presence of ocelli is considered primitive because this is the condition in most Hymenoptera (both Aculeata and non-aculeates) and also in most insects. The complete loss of ocelli is almost invariably associated with aptery although the inverse relationship does not always hold. Thus state 10.1 has appeared in the females of the plumariid and brachycis- tidid groups and also in the females of the entire branch subtended by internode 18- 21. It is also present within the bethylid (e.g., Pristocera female; Evans, 1964a), mutillid (all females except some Pseudo- photopsis), myrmosid (e.g., Myrmosula female), rhopalosomatid (e.g., Olixon) and formicid (most workers) groups. In addition, some or all of the ocelli are greatly modified or reduced (although traces generally remain) in various mem- bers of the sphecid group (e.g., some Bembix; Evans, 1966a). State 10.1 is thus of little or no cladistic significance. *11. Genal organ (Fig. 7). Primitively, the gena is simple, without any specialized organ. 11.1— The gena bears an appar- ently secretory organ opening externally via an invaginated line or scattered pores. A simple gena is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non- Aculeata (if not all of them) and also in most aculeates. The development of a genal secretory organ in the apterogynid and bradynobae- nid groups is apparently unique in the Aculeata and thus provides a very good synapomorphic character associating these two groups (on internode 23-24). The organ has a slightly different appearance in the two groups, forming a slight pro- Phyloghny and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 499 14.1 Figs. 7-8. Characters of Aculeata. 7, head, lateral view, showing derived state of genal organ (11.1 based on Apterogyna, 9 , and Brady nobaeims, $ , left to right); 8, antennal scape, anteromesal view, showing primitive and derived states of radicle axis and radicle-scape insertion (13, H based on Zyzzyx, 9; 13.1, 14 on Chyplwtes, i ; 13.1, 14.1 on Atticotilla, (? ). tuberance in the female of apterogynids and not being raised in the female brady- nobaenids. Nevertheless it seems clear that the two forms are homologous. In male apterogynids it forms a patch of scattered pores and is not clearly distinguishable in bradynobaenid males. The organ may be analogous to the "felt line" on the second metasomal tergum (character 70), *12. Antennal dimorphism. Primitively, the antenna comprises the same number of segments (usually 13) in both sexes. 12.1 — The number of antennal segments is 12 in the female and 13 in the male. A condition with the antenna 13-seg- mented in the male and 12-segmented in the female is unique in the Hymenoptera to most groups of Aculeata, those aculeates in which it does not occur being con- sidered primitive on the basis of other characters also. This particular se.xual di- morphism is thus considered derived. Almost all groups of Aculeata show state 12.1 with great consistency, this ap- parently being a condition which evolved early and which serves to link almost all the aculeates into a holophyletic group (on internode 1-4). Only the plumariid, beth- ylid and scolebythid groups typically show no sexual dimorphism in the number of antennal segments. Within the bethylid group there is much variation in the num- ber of segments (from 10 to 40; Riek, 1970) but the number is usually the same in both sexes or fewer in the males. The importance of state 12.1 is not much di- minished by the fact that it has apparently been reversed on rare occasions within some taxa, such as in the pompilid group (e.g., Cteniziplwntes; Evans, 1972) and the mutillid group {Atilliim, Hoplocrates) where both sexes have the antenna 13- segmented. In addition, the number of segments has been reduced to 12 in both sexes in a few instances, for example within the vespids (e.g., Belonogaster) and apids (e.g., Neopasites; Linsley & Michener, 1939), and some dacetine ants have as few as four antennal segments in the female (Brown & Taylor, 1970). 13. Radicle axis (Fig. 8). Primitively, the axis of the radicle does not deviate much from that of the remainder of the scape, so that the scape merely has a somewhat differentiated annulus basally. 13.1 — The axis of the radicle forms a marked angle with that of the remainder of the scape. A scape with a simple radicle is con- sidered primitive because this is the con- dition in most non-aculeates as well as most Aculeata. An angulate radicle (13.1) appears three times on the cladogram, in the plumariids (female) and on internodes 8-9 (linking the myrmosids and mutil- lids) and 21-23 (associating the chyphotid, apterogynid and bradynobaenid groups). Nevertheless, similar states are present within various other taxa such as the beth- ylids (e.g., Bethyhis, Anisepyris), myzinids (e.g., Meria) and thynnids (e.g., Elaph- roptera) so that this state is actually not very useful in delineating relationships. 500 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin *14. Radicle-scape insertion (Fig. 8). Primitively, the radicle is demarcated by a simple annular constriction. 14.1 — The scape is produced externally into a flange that forms a cup-shaped depression or in- vagination into which the radicle is set. A simple radicle-scape insertion is con- sidered primitive because this is the con- dition in most Hymenoptera, both non- aculeates and aculeates. The invagination of the radicle appears once on the tree, on internode 8-9, thus associating the myrmosid and mutillid groups strongly. Although a similar de- velopment has occurred within the bethy- lid group (e.g., Anisepyris), such species are almost certainly only remotely related to the myrmosid-mutillid group, so that this affects the usefulness of this character minimally. Fig. 9. Labio-maxillary complex, ventral view, some- what diagrammatic, showing primitive and derived states (15 based on Anthobosca, i ; 15.1 on Callomelitta, $; 15.2 on Monohia, $, modified; 15.3 on Vedtschenhja, 9 ; 15.4 on Bradynohaentis, 9, cardines may difler from form shown). 15. Labio-maxillary complex (Fig. 9). Primitively, the labio-maxillary complex is well-developed but relatively short and adapted for lapping. 15.1 — The labio-max- illary complex is elongated by production of the prementum and stipes only. 15.2 — The labio-maxillary complex is elongated by production of the glossa and paraglossa only. 15.3 — The labio-maxillary complex is elongated by production of the glossa only. 15.4 — The labio-maxillary complex is much reduced in size. A well-developed but relatively short labio-maxillary complex is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-Aculeata and also in most aculeates. Derived states 15.1, 15.3 and 15.4 are each present in only one taxon, the apid, sapygid and bradynobaenid groups re- spectively, thus not contributing any in- formation on higher groupings. State 15.2 is apparently possessed in common by the scoliid and vespid groups, seemingly hav- ing arisen on internode 19-20. There is some uncertainty about this, however, since the labio-maxillary complex is some- what different in form in the two taxa, although its slight elongation in both has involved the same structures. In addition, many bees have a modification similar to state 15.2 superimposed on state 15.1. 16. Maxillary palpus. Primitively, the maxillary palpus is six-segmented. 16.1 — The maxillary palpus is five-segmented. 16.2 — The maxillary palpus is two-seg- mented. A six-segmented maxillary palpus is considered primitive because this is the condition in most aculeates and many non-aculeates, this being the maximal number of segments in the Hymenoptera. This is also probably the primitive con- dition for the Insecta (Matsuda, 1965). A five-segmented palpus (16.1) is char- acteristic of the female of the plumariid group. Nevertheless, similar reductions in Phvlogeny and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 501 the number of segments have occurred within many of the other taxa, such as the hethyhtl group (e.g., Dissomphahis male; Evans, l%4a), the male of Plitma- roidc's in the plumariid group, and the apid group (where the number of seg- ments ranges from 6 to 0). This state is thus not of great significance, especially since it involves the loss of only one seg- ment. State 16.2 involves the loss of four segments and has occurred in the brady- nobaenid group and elsewhere such as within the bethylid (e.g., Dissomphahis female; Evans, 1964a), mutillid {Rhopalo- miitilla female) and apid (e.g., Apis) groups. It is thus of no use in establishing higher groupings. 17. Labial palpus. Primitively, the labial palpus is four-segmented. 17.1 — The labial palpus is three-segmented. A four-segmented labial palpus is con- sidered primitive because this is the con- dition in many non-Aculeata and in most aculeates; it also represents the maximal number of segments in the Hymenoptera. The primitive condition for the Insecta is, however, probably three segments (Mat- suda, 1965). The loss of one segment in the labial palpus has apparently occurred on the tree at least three times independently, in the plumariid (female), bethylid and brady- nobaenid groups. It is also found within the plumariid group (e.g., males of Myr- mecopterina, Pliimarius). It is thus of no use in delimiting higher groupings. *1S. Hind margin of pronotitm (Fig. 10). Primitively, the pronotum is large and somewhat saddle-shaped with its hind margin nearly straight and only very slightly anteriorly arcuate. 18.1 — The pro- notum is shortened with its hind margin strongly concave in a fairly regular and somewhat acute parabolic curve (roughly V-shaped). 18.2 — The pronotum is short- ened with its hind margin shifted anteri- 18.2 n Figs. 10-11. Characters of Aculeata. 10, anterior region of mesosoma, dorsal view, showing primitive and derived states of him! margin of pronotum (18 based on Anthobosca, $ ; 18.1 on Trielis, 9 ; 18.2 on Cerceris, 9 ) ; 1 1 , anterior region of mesosoma, lateral view, showing primitive and derived states of pronotal articulation (19 based on Anthobosca, 9; 19.1 on ScoUa, 9). orly over almost its entire width (broadly U-shaped). A large pronotum with approximately straight hind margin is considered primi- tive because this is the condition in those groups of Aculeata considered primitive on the basis of other characters, and also in various of the most primitive non- aculeates (e.g., xyelids). Furthermore, elsewhere in the insects reduction in rela- tive size of the pronotum is generally derived. State 18.1 has arisen independently on at least six occasions, on internodes 18-19 and 21-23 (males), and in the plumariids (male), mutillids, brachycistidids (male) and rhopalosomatids. It is thus of little use in establishing relationships. By con- 502 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin trast, state 18.2 has apparently arisen only once, on internode 4-5, thus associating the sphecid and apid groups. A vaguely similar condition is present in some mem- bers of the bethylid group (e.g., Deino- dryiniis, Euchroeiis) causing some authors to consider Anipiilex (definitely a sphecid although it has the pronotum larger than most other sphecids; see Evans, 1959a; Leclercq, 1954) closer to (or even a mem- ber of) the bethylid group (e.g., Nagy, 1969a). The condition in the Trigonalidae is also vaguely similar to state 18.2. How- ever, in all three of these instances there are marked differences in detail (espe- cially in the form of the posterolateral angle and the spiracular lobe) so that these superficially similar states appear definitely to have had independent origins. *19. Pronotal articulation (Fig. 11). Primitively, the attachment of the prono- tum to the mesothorax is loose and freely articulating. 19.1 — The pronotum is very closely attached and coadapted to the mesothorax so that no or extremely little movement is possible between them, al- though the sclerites are not actually fused. A freely movable connection between the pronotum and mesothorax is con- sidered primitive because this is the con- dition in most non-aculeates as well as in most Aculeata. Apparently immovable association of the pronotum and mesothorax has occur- red in only two taxa, the scoliid and vespid groups, and is so similar in both that it is considered as very good evidence for their association, this state thus having arisen on internode 19-20. 20. Pronotal collar (Fig. 12) . Primitively, the pronotum is expanded anteriorly as a well-developed flange or "collar" which aids in the support of the head and pro- vides protection to the neck region dor- sally. 20.1 — The pronotum is somewhat flattened anteriorly and not at all ex- 12 J Figs. 12-13. Characters of Aculeata. 12, prothorax and base of head, lateral view, showing primitive and derived states of pronotal collar (20 composite; 20.1 based on ClystopseneUa); 13, anterodorsal re- gion of mesosoma, lateral view, showing primitive and derived states of posterolateral angle of pronotum (21 based on Anthobosca, 5; 21.1 on Pseudophotop- sis. $\ 21.1.1 on Scolia, 9: 21.1.1.1 on Rygc/ilnm, 9 ; 21.2 on Callomelitta, 9 ; 21.2.1 on Trypargilnm, 9 ; 21.3 on Brady nohaenus, $ ). panded, so that the neck region is dorsally exposed. A well-developed pronotal "collar" is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-Aculeata (although generally not well-developed in Sym- phyta) as well as in practically all acu- leates. Although the derived state is ap- proached in various taxa (e.g., the ves- pids), it is fully expressed only in the plumariid (female) and scolebythid groups, and in a different fashion in each. State 20.1 is thus of no use in estabHshing relationships between taxa. *21. Posterolateral angle of pronotum (Fig. 13). Primitively, the posterolateral angle of the pronotum is evenly rounded, reaching the tegula but not exceeding its anterior margin, 21.1 — The posterolateral angle is very slightly dorsally produced so as to appear truncate anterior to the Phvloceny and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 503 tegula; it attains the tegula but does not exceed its anterior margin. 21.1.1 — The posterolateral angle is dorsally produced and exceeds the anterior margin of the tegula very slightly so that the lobe is notched. 21.1.1.1 — The posterolateral angle is markedly produced dorsally and pos- teriorly so that it exceeds the level of the tegula and forms an acute lobe above it. 21.2 — The posterolateral angle is reduced dorsally above and slightly anterior to the spiracular operculum; the operculum forms a highly dilTerentiated lobe reach- ing the tegula. 21.2.1 — The posterolateral angle is reduced anterodorsal to the spi- racular operculum and is somewhat re- tracted anteriorly so that the highly dif- ferentiated operculum does not reach the level of the tegula. 21.3 — The posterolat- eral angle is slightly posteriorly produced below the tegula and thus exceeds its anterior margin slightly, forming a fairly acute lobe. A simple posterolateral angle which reaches the tegula is considered primitive because this is the condition in many non- aculeates (especially Symphyta; many Terebrantia show differing modifications) and also in many Aculeata, in those taxa which are generally considered most prim- itive on the basis of other characters. A slight dorsal production of the pro- notal angle (22.1) has apparently occurred on at least four occasions, on internodes 12-14 and 18-19 and in the mutillid and rhopalosomatid groups, and is thus not of much use in establishing relationships. However, further development of this structure has occurred in both taxa derived from internode 19-20; state 21.1.1 arose on internode 19-20, being present in the sco- liid group, and its further elaboration (21.1.1.1) is present in the vespid group. This derivation of state 21.1.1 is unique and thus provides good evidence of the close relationship of the scoliid and vespid groups. State 21.2 arose uniquely on inter- node 4-5 and thus is a very good indicator of the holophyly of the sphecid and apid groups. Its elaboration (21.2.1) has oc- curred in the entire sphecid group, al- though it is not very well-developed in some (such as Astata) and a similar state is present in most of the apids (but 21.2 in Callomelitta and Megachile, e.g.). A superficially similar condition is also pres- ent within the bethylid group (e.g., Chry- sis, Eiichroeus) but this anterior retraction of the spiracular operculum differs in de- tail from the state in the sphecids, so that it does not diminish the significance of state 21.2.1 or its antecedent. State 21.3 is apparently unique to the bradynobaenid group although a slight tendency toward this state is distinguishable in the aptero- gynids, so that its importance in delimit- ing higher groupings is minimal. 22. Fosteroventral margin of pronottim. Primitively, the posteroventral margin of the pronotum is approximately straight. 22.1 — The posteroventral margin is dis- tinctly concave. An approximately straight posteroven- tral margin is considered primitive because this is the condition in many non-aculeates (in particular Symphyta) and also in many of the Aculeata which are consid- ered to be the most primitive on the basis of other characters. The derived state represents a wide- spread tendency that has arisen on at least four occasions and has been reversed at least once. Thus, state 22.1 appears on internodes 4-5, 12-14 and 6-15, and in the methochid group. The apparently primi- tive state has been regained on internode 21-22. Because of its plasticity and the somewhat equivocal nature of this char- acter, it is not of much utilitv in demon- strating relationships, although it does seem to have some value in indicating which taxa are relativelv more advanced than others. *23. Ventral angle of pronotum (Fig. 14) . 504 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin 15 24.1 24.2 Figs. 14-15. Characters of Aculcata. 14, pronotum, anterior view, showing primitive and derived states of its ventral angle (23 based on Anthobosca, $ ; 23.1 on Synoeca, 9; 23.2 on Ceneris, ?); 15, pro- thorax, ventral view, showing primitive and derived states of propleural separation (24 based on Clysto- psenella, $ , and Eiichroeiis, i , left to right; 24.1 on Eticlavelia, 9 ; 24.2 on Plum art m, $ ). Primitively, the ventral angle of the pro- notum is rounded and does not much (or at all) exceed the level of the base of the forecoxa ventrally. 23.1— The ventral an- gle is acute and produced ventrally be- yond the forecoxal base. 23.2 — The ven- tral angle is greatly produced so that it almost contacts its counterpart midven- trally. A rounded ventral angle is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates as well as in most Aculeata. State 23.1 has apparently arisen twice on the cladogram, on internodes 18-19 (as- sociating the formicid, vespid and scoliid groups) and 21-23 (associating the chy- photid, apterogynid and bradynobaenid groups). Although it is also weakly pres- ent within the plumariid group (e.g., male of Pliinuvius), it seems to be fairly useful and may actually represent a trend origi- nating on internode 16-18. The extreme development of the ventral angle (23.2) is uniquely present in the sphecid and apid groups and apparently arose on inter- node 4-5, thus forming a strong indicator of the holophyly of this grouping. *24. Propleural separation (Fig. 15). Primitively, the propleura are separated posteriorly, diverging at an angle and thus exposing the prosternum anterior to the forecoxae. 24.1— The propleura are mes- ally contiguous posteriorly and do not di- verge at an angle; their posterior margins form a more or less straight line, so that the prosternum is not visible between the propleura. 24.2— The propleura are mod- ified similarly as in 24.1 but they are fused along the midline both dorsally and ven- trally. Posteriorly diverging propleura are considered primitive because this is the condition in many non- Aculeata (except that various taxa highly specialized in other respects, as well as the Trigonalidae, show a tendency toward a state approach- ing 24.1) and in those aculeates which possess many other characters in their primitive states. The primitive extreme is apparently present in the scolebythid group where the prosternum is remarkably well-devel- oped anteriorly and is extensively exposed between the widely diverging propleura. Since this condition is more extreme than in any other taxon, it may be a secondary development, however. State 24.1 is uniquely developed in all the taxa sub- tended by internode 4-6, although the superficially similar 24.2 is present in the Phylogeny and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 505 female plumariids where the propleura form a rii;icl tube. This character is prob- ably not as reliable as mi^ht be supposed, however, since some members of the sphe- cid (e.g., Crabro) and apid (e.g., Serico- gaster) groups show conditions approach- ing state 24.1. *25. Prosterniim (Fig. 16). Primitively, the presternum forms an approximately uniform plane and is not sunken except perhaps for a very short posterior section. 25.1 — The prosternum is sunken over most of its surface so that only a short anterior section (shorter than the sunken section) is visible ventrally, this section being in a different plane from the remainder of the 25 25.1 25.1.1 16 Figs. 16-17. Characters of Aculeata. 16, posterior region of propleura and prosternum, oblique ventro- lateral view, showing primitive and derived states of prosternum (25 based on cleptid sp.: 25.1 on Anthobosca, ?; 25.1.1 on Polybia, ?); 17, posterior region of prothorax, ventral view, showing primitive and derived states of forecoxal contiguity (26 based on cleptid sp.: 26.1 on Anthobosca, $ ; 26.2 on Clystopsenella, 2 ) . Sternum. 25.1.1— The prosternum is en- tirely sunken and not visible ventrally. A prosternum with most of its surface in a single plane is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non- aculeates. (Even though the prosternum may be somewhat hidden in many, e.g., the Trigonalidae, even in these it gen- erally forms a single plane.) State 25.1 has apparently arisen on at least two occasions in the aculeates, in the plumariid group and on internode 1-4. It is additionally present within the bethylid group (e.g., Pristocera). The second de- rived state (25.1.1) apparently has a unique origin (on internode 19-20) and associates the vespid and scoliid groups. Since the difference between 25.1 and 25.1.1 is not very great, however, this state may not be as valuable as its apparent unit^ue derivation would indicate. *26. Forecoxal contiguity (Fig. 17). Prim- itively, the forecoxae are somewhat sepa- rated basally by the width of the relatively well-developed prosternum. 26.1 — The fore- coxae are contiguous basally due to reduc- tion in the posterior width of the sternal region. 26.2 — The forecoxae are basally separated but are posteriorly produced be- yond the trochanteral insertions so as to become contiguous apically only. Separated forecoxae are considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-Aculeata, although there is much variation and the forecoxae ap- proach contiguity in various groups (in- cluding the Trigonalidae). Although there is variation in the in- tercoxal distance in the bethylid and plumariid groups so that some members have the forecoxae almost contiguous, actual contiguity (26.1) apparently arose uniquely on internode 1-4. State 26.2 is uniquely derived and occurs only in the scolebythid group, thus not contributing information on relationships. 506 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin 27. Mesonotitm. Primitively, the meso- notum does not extend anteriorly much beyond the level of the tegulae. 27.1 — The mesonotum is mesally anteriorly produced so that its anterior margin extends much anterior to the level of the tegulae. A short mesonotum is considered prim- itive because this is the condition in those Aculeata considered to be generally the most primitive on the basis of other char- acters, and is also the condition in the most primitive non-aculeates (e.g., Xyeli- dae). State 27.1 has arisen on at least six separate occasions, on internodes 18-19 and 21-23 (males), in the plumariid (male), brachycistidid (male) and rhopalosomatid groups, and somewhat less obviously on internode 4-5. It is thus essentially useless for associating groups. This state is logi- cally linked with the derived states of char- acter 18, but does not present an identical distribution on the cladogram and is thus not considered a duplication. *28. Scutelluin (Fig. IS). Primitively, the mesoscutellum is simple, more or less flat- tened and not highly differentiated from the remaininLr notal area. 28.1 — The scu- tellum is enlarged, being posterodorsally swollen and evenly protuberant. 28.1.1 — The scutellum is extremely enlarged and produced so that it overhangs the meta- notum. A simple scutellum is considered prim- itive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates as well as in most members of the Aculeata. Although there are scattered instances of enlargement of the scutellum (e.g., apids, Eiiglossa; mutillids, Trispilotilla; formicids, Atta) these are of varying types, and a swollen scutellum is characteristic of only two of the taxa considered, the apterogynid and bradynobaenid groups. State 28.1 has thus apparently arisen on internode 23-24 and is considered to be c|uite good evidence of the grouping of Figs. 18-19. Characters of Aculeata. 18, dorsal region of mesosoma, lateral view, showing primitive and derived states of scutellum (28 based on Anthohosca, 9 ; 28.1 on Aplerogyna, c5 ; 28.1.1 on Bradynohae- ntis, $); 19, anterior region of mesopleurosternum, ventral and lateral view (as if flattened), showing primitive and derived states of prepectus (29 based on Clcptcs, 9 ; 29.1 on Sierolomorpha, 5 ; 29.1.1 on Chyphotes. S • 29.1.1.1 on Polistes, 9; 29.1.1.2 on Tmlis. $■ 29.1.1.3 on Paraponera, $ \ 29.1.2 on Fedtsclicnkia, 9 ; 29.1.2.1 on Psettdopliotopsis, S ; 29.2 on Chloiion, 9 ). these two taxa although it has been taken a step further in the bradynobaenids where state 28.1.1 is present. *29. Prepectus (Fig. 19). Primitively, the prepectus (= epicnemium) is a transverse sclerite divided midventrally but with the halves contiguous (or almost so), extend- ing across the anterior margin of the meso- pleurosternum and articulating freely with this margin. 29.1 — Each half of the pre- pectus is narrowed so that the two sections become widely separated and do not ex- tend to the ventral surface of the meso- soma but do extend the entire height of the pleural region laterally. 29.1.1 — Each section of the prepectus is widely separated from its counterpart and is shortened so that each half forms a very short but Phylogeny and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 507 elongate strip at the anterior margin of the mesepisternum; the articulation is re- tained and the prepectal sclerite is hidden under the posteroventral margin ot the pronotum. 29.1.1.1— Each prepectal scler- ite is verv narrow and short, extending over only the dorsal half or less of the mesepisternum and articulating with it; the sclerite is hidden under the postero- lateral angle of the pronotum. 29.1.1.2 — Each prepectal sclerite is extremely short I and narrow, extending over less than the ! dorsal half of the mesepisternum and fused to it with almost no trace of difTer- entiation; the sclerite is hidden under the posterolateral angle of the pronotum. 29.1.1.3 — Each prepectal sclerite is short- ened but extends over most of the height of the mesepisternum and is fused to it; the sclerite is hidden under the postero- ventral margin of the pronotum. 29.1.2 — Each prepectal sclerite is not shortened I and extends the height of the mesepister- num, being fused to it with the line of fusion forming a sulcus. 29.1.2.1 — Each prepectal sclerite is not shortened and ex- tends the height of the mesepisternum, being fused to it but with the line of fusion obliterated except for a pair of pits ventrally. 29.2 — The prepectus extends completely across the anterior margin of the mesopleurosternum, is fused in the midline and is also fused to the pleuro- sternum, forming a depressed anterior margin to it. The allocation of states of the prepectus is that which shows greatest correlation with the groupings made on the basis of other characters. A state similar to 29.2 is present in Trigonalidae and some chal- cidoids, however. Although the sequence and pattern of modification forms a logical scheme, the homologies of the sclerites in- volved are somewhat uncertain despite the studies by Snodgrass (1910, 1935), Mat- suda (1970) and others. In particular, the possibility of confusion of the "postspirac- ular sclerite" (probably the anepisternum) and the "epicnemium" (prepectus) has been noted by Richards (1956a; see also 1956b, 1971). Additional investigations, especially of groups not critically studied hitherto, should clarify the situation. The primitive state is present in the bethylid, scolebythid and plumariid groups, although some members of the last (e.g., Plumaroides) have the prepectus tending towards state 29.1. Apart from this, state 29.1 has apparently been derived only on internode 4-6, thus associating the remainder of the aculeates except for the sphecids and apids. State 29.1.1 has ap- parently arisen on three occasions, on internode 16-18 (where it groups eight taxa) and in the brachycistidid and rhopa- losomatid groups. The next modification (29.1.1.1) has occurred only in the vespid group. Even greater fusion and reduction (29.1.1.2) has occurred in the scoUid group and state 29.1.1.3 is characteristic only of the formicid group. Modification in a different direction (29.1.2) has apparently occurred twice, on internode 7-8 (asso- ciating the sapygid, myrmosid and mutillid groups) and in the pompilid group. The next step in this sequence (29.1.2.1) has occurred once, on internode 8-9, linking the myrmosid and mutillid groups even more strongly. State 29.2 is characteristic of the sphecid and apid groups and serves to emphasize their relatively basal position, this state occurring on internode 4-5. A few members of the bethylid group (e.g., Pseudisobrachium coxalis) show a similar condition, however, this fact somewhat reducing the strength of this state in asso- ciating the sphecids and apids. Although a more detailed investigation of these structures is necessary, the pattern of evo- lution derived here seems to provide use- ful phyletic information. Although Reid (1941) misinterpreted the situation in some taxa (e.g., Mutillidae, sensii stncio), he also suggested that the prepectus pro- 508 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin vided useful information for establishing relationships. *30. Mesepimeron (Fig. 20). Primitively, the mesepimeron is differentiated from the mesepisternum by a distinct pleural sulcus which is continuously distinguishable from the pleurointersegmental suture, and ex- tends from the pleural wing process to a point just dorsal to the mesocoxa. 30.1 — The pleural sulcus is indistinct or invisible over its ventral half so that the mese- pimeron is not differentiated ventrally al- though it is apparently not reduced in size. 30.2 — -The pleural sulcus is coincident with the pleurointersegmental suture over its ventral half or more, so that the mese- 21 V-^^ty-^ Figs. 20-22. Characters of Aculeata. 20, mesopleu- ron, lateral view, showing primitive and derived states of mesepimeron (30 based on Phimarius, $ ; 30.1 on Areotilla, i ; 30.2 on Cliyphotes. $)\ 21, posterior region of mesosternum, ventral view, show- ing derived states (31.1 based on Fedtschenkia, 9 : 31.1.1 on Anthobosca, ^\ 31.2 on Apoica, c5 ) : 22, metanotum, dorsal view, sliowlng primitive and derived states (34 based on Anthobosca, $, ; 34.1 on Pseudophotopsis , $ ; 34.2 on Clystopsenella). pimeron is reduced to a small sclerite at the posterodorsal angle of the meso- pleuron. A complete and distinct mesopleural sulcus is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates as well as in those Aculeata considered the most primitive on the basis of other characters. Reduction of the mesepimeron is ap- parently a general tendency in the more advanced Hymenoptera and is thus useful only in indicating relative position on the tree. Such a general trend cannot, how- ever, be adequately divided into discrete states. State 30.1 has apparently been at- tained twice, in the mutillid and scoliid groups, and is thus of no importance in associating taxa. State 30.2 is character- istic of the apid and formicid groups and also occurs within the sphecid (e.g., Gorytes) and vespid (e.g., Belonogaster) groups. It has also arisen on internode 18-21 where it serves to associate five taxa. Its apparent weakness because of multiple origins is somewhat offset in this last in- stance in that some fine details of the modification are constant in these five taxa but differ from those in other groups. State 30.2 is thus considered quite good evidence for the association of the eotillid, typhoctid, chyphotid, apterogynid and bradynobaenid groups. *31. Mesosternum (Fig. 21). Primitively, the mesosternum is moderately convex and smoothly truncate posteriorly without any protuberances or carinae. 31.1 — The mesosternum has a short transverse carina or dentate projection anteromesal to each coxal cavity. 31.1.1 — The mesosternum has a platelike projection originating antero- mesal to each coxal cavity and projecting posteriorly over it. 31.2 — The mesoster- num is posteriorly produced mesally, car- rying the mesal points of articulation (condyles) of the mid-coxae posteriorly Phylogeny and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 509 and with the antcromesal maitrins of the coxal cavities thus somewhat produced. A simple mesosternum is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeate and in most aculeate Hymenoptera. The development of a transverse carina or small tooth anterior to each mid-coxa (state 31.1) has apparently occurred on at least three occasions, on internodes 6-7 and 16-17 and in the sierolomorphid group. This is thus a rather weak state for demon- strating relationships. The further devel- opment of lamellae overlying the coxae (31.1.1) has occurred twice, on internode 7-10 (where it links six taxa) and in the rhopalosomatid group. Within the branch stibtended by internode 7-10 the lamellae have been reduced to small teeth (an ap- parent reversal to state 31.1) in the metho- chid group. Nevertheless, 31.1.1 appears to provide rather good evidence for the grouping of the anthoboscid, thynnid, myzinid, tiphiid, brachycistidid (and methochid) groups. The posteromesal production of the mesosternum (31.2) has apparently occurred twice, on internodes 4-5 (linking the sphecids and apids) and 19-20 (associating the scoliid and vespid groups), although the presence of state 32.2 in the scoliids obscures this rela- tionship. 32. Mesocoxal contiguity. Primitively, the mid-coxae are slightly separated basally. 32.1 — The mid-coxae are contiguous as a result of a reduction in the intercoxal re- gion of the mesosternum. 32.2 — The mid- coxae are very widely separated as a result of considerable lateral expansion of the intercoxal region of the mesosternum. Slightly separated mid-coxae are con- sidered primitive because this is the condi- tion in most groups of Aculeata and in [^articular those taxa considered most prim- itive on the basis of other characters. Contiguity of the mid-coxae (32.1) has apparently arisen on at least three occa- sions, on internodes 8-9 (in the myrmosids and mutillids) and 16-17 (linking the pompilid and rhopalosomatid groups), and in the vespid group. It thus does not pro- vide very strong evidence of relationships. Broad separation of the mid-coxae (32.2) has occurred twice, on internode 23-24 (female), thus associating the apterogynid and bradynobaenid groups, and in both sexes of the scoliid group. Details diflfer in these two occurrences of the derived state, so that the presence of 32.2 on inter- node 23-24 is considered strong evidence of relationship. a. Meso-metapleitral suture. Primitively, the meso- and metapleura articulate freely with each other. 33.1 — The meso- and metapleura are closely associated and not mutually movable although not fused. 33.1.1 — The meso- and metapleura are fused, at least over the dorsal half, al- thoutrh the suture is distinct. Mutually movable meso- and meta- pleura are considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-Aculeata and most insects in general. Immobility of the ineso-metapleural suture has occurred on at least four occa- sions, and is an expression of the general trend toward consolidation of the meso- soma in the aculeates. State 33.1 has arisen on internodes 4-5, 12-14 and 16-18 and in the pompilid group, and is thus of little utility except in indicating approximate relative advance on the tree. The further fusion of the meso- and metapleura (33.1.1) has occurred independently in the formicid and chyphotid groups and is thus of no use in indicating relationships. 34. Metanotiim (Fig. 22). Primitively, the metanotum is a transverse sclerite of approximately the same length mesally as laterally. 34.1 — The metanotum is slightly shortened mesally so that it is only a little more than half as long mesally as laterally. 34.2 — The metanotum is extremely con- 510 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin stricted niesally and reduced to a minute strip connecting the lateral areas. A well-developed metanotum of even length is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates (in- cluding Trigonalidae) as well as in most Aculeata. Mesal shortening of the metanotum (34.1) has occurred at least twice, on inter- node 23-24 (linking the apterogynid and bradynobaenid groups, in which this state is at least partly correlated with the meso- scutellar enlargement) and in the mutillid group. It is thus not of great utility in establishing relationships. It has also oc- curred elsewhere, such as within the myr- mosid group (e.g., Myrmosa). Extreme reduction of the metanotum so that the scutellum and propodeum are almost in contact (34.2) has occurred on the tree only in the scolebythid group. A similar state is present within the bethylid group (e.g., Epyrinae; Evans, 1964), however, and this may be of significance in asso- ciating these groups. *35. Metapostnotitm (Fig. 23). Primi- tively, the metapostnotum forms a trans- verse groove at the anterior margin of the propodeum, being fused to the propodeum and slightly depressed. 35.1— The meta- postnotum is very considerably shortened and invaginated so that it is barely visible mesally between the propodeum and the metanotum. 35.1.1 — The metapostnotum is completely invaginated and not visible mesally, the propodeum being in contact with the metanotum, but the metapost- notum is still visibly continuous with the metepimeron laterally. 35.2 — The meta- postnotum is obscurely distinguishable lat- erally but merges completely with the pro- podeum mesally although it is apparently not invaginated. 35.3 — The metapostno- tum is greatly enlarged and posteriorly produced mesally, forming a "triangular area" which occupies most of the apparent disc of the propodeum. It carries the mus- FiG. 23. Anterotlorsal region of metathorax and propodeum, dorsal and lateral view (as if flattened) on left and profile on right (dorsal to right), showing primitive and derived states of metapostnotum (35 based on Endavclia, 9 ; 35.1 on Anthobosca, ^ ; 35.1.1 on Methocha, {, \ 35.2 on Clystopsenella, $; 35.3 on Cerceris, 9). cles between the second and third phrag- mata to their insertion apparently far pos- teriorly on the propodeum. A distinct and depressed metapostno- tum of approximately uniform length is considered primitive because this is the condition in many non-aculeates, espe- cially Terebrantia (including Trigonali- dae). There is a general tendency above in- ternode 4-6 toward shortening and invagi- nation of the metapostnotum as part of the trend toward mesosomal consolidation. Although state 35.1 appears only once on the tree (on internode 6-7), its derivative (35.1.1) appears at least three times, in the tiphiid and myzinid groups, and appar- Phylocuny and Classification of the Aculhatl Hymenoptera 511 enth' de novo on internode 16-18. This last derivation thus weakens the unique placement of state 35.1 somewhat, although 35.1 is logically not absolutely necessary as an antecedent to 35.1.1. State 35.2 is present in the bethylids and scolebythids, thus having arisen once (on internode 2-3) and providing useful information as- sociating these taxa. State 35.3 is unique in the Aculeata and apparently in the Hymenoptera as a whole. This remark- able modification of the metapostnotum which is present in the sphecid and apid groups provides extremely strong evidence of the holophyletic association of these groups, having arisen on internode 4-5. Although the various modifications of the metapostnotum need further investiga- tion and clarification, the scheme outlined here provides useful information. In par- ticular, the above interpretation of the origin of the "triangular area'' in bees and sphecids (35.3) seems to be upheld by the arrangement of sutures (or sulci) in vari- ous sphecids (e.g., Cerceris) and by the placement of the muscles between the sec- ond and third phragmata (2ph-3p/i). Daly (1964) concluded that in Apis the trans- propodeal lines (defining the propodeal triangle) do not result from the migration of muscles 2ph-3p/i from the sides of the propodeum to the median pit, but he ap- parently did not consider that the propo- deal triangle might represent the meta- postnotum, a condition which is actually obscure in this hiiihlv evolved bee. 36. Metapleuron (Fig. 24). Primitively, the metepimeron is dorsally quite long, with the pleural sulcus almost or quite coincident with the meso-metapleural su- ture dorsal to the endophragmal pit. Be- low the pit the pleural sulcus is coincident with the metapleural-propodeal suture. The pit is very close to the anterior mar- gin of the metapleuron which is con- stricted at this point. 36.1 — The metepi- sternum and to a slightly lesser extent the 36.3 25 37.1 Figs. 24-25. Characters of Aculeata. 24, metapleu- ron and propodeum, lateral view, showing primitive and derived states of metapleuron (36 based on Anthobosca, S ; 36.1 on Psetidophotopsis, $ ; 36.1.1 on Colocistis, $ : 36.1.2 on Trielis, 5; 36.2 on Euclavelia, 9; 36.3 on Cerceris, 5); 25, metapleu- ron and propodeum, lateral view, showing derived state of metapleural gland (37.1 composite). metepimeron are expanded anteroventral to the endophragmal pit which is thus some distance posterior to the meso-meta- pleural suture. The pleural sulcus dis- tinctly curves anterodorsally from the pit and the transepisternal groove may be visible ventrally. 36.1.1 — The metepister- num and metepimeron are expanded an- terior to the endophragmal pit so that the pit is some distance posterior to the meso- metapleural suture. The pleural sulcus and transepisternal suture are very indis- 512 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin tinct and barely distinguishable if distin- guishable at all. 36.1.2 — The metepister- num is posteriorly produced behind the endophragmal pit, in addition to slight anterior expansion of the metepisternum and metepimeron. The pleural sulcus is angulate behind the pit which is a short distance from the anterior margin of the metapleuron. 36.2 — The metepimeron is expanded and somewhat produced antero- ventrally so that the endophragmal pit is shifted posteriorly and the pleural sulcus is angulate. 36.3 — The metepimeron is greatly expanded anteroventrally so that the pleural sulcus issues from a pit just above the mesocoxa and passes postero- dorsally to the endophragmal pit. The allocation of states for the meta- pleuron is that which is best correlated with the branching pattern derived from consideration of other characters, the prim- itive state in particular being that present in the taxa which are considered to be the most primitive on other grounds. Further investigations are needed to clarify the situation, however. The various modifications of the meta- pleuron, based mainly on the position of the endophragmal pit as a marker, are somewhat equivocal and most have oc- curred more than once, so that they are not as strong in indicating relationships as might be expected. State 36.1 has had at least three origins, on internodes 8-9, 18-19 and 21-23. Since state 36.1.1 occurs on internode 12-14, a modification similar to 36.1 perhaps also occurred here. State 36.1.1 is also present in the bradynobaenid group. State 36.1.2 is uniquely present in the scoliid group. State 36.2 is present in the sierolomorphid, pompilid, rhopalo- somatid, eotillid and typhoctid groups and thus probably arose three times (on inter- nodes 16-17 and 21-22 and in the sierolo- morphids) ; however, if 36.2 could have been a precursor to 36.1, then 36.2 probably arose only once, on internode 6-15. A de- cision is, however, not possible at this stage so that 36.2 has been placed three times on the tree. State 36.3 has arisen once, on internode 4-5, and serves to asso- ciate the sphecid and apid groups strongly. 37. Metapleitral gland (Fig. 25). Primi- tively, there is no gland opening to the exterior on the metapleuron. 37.1 — There is a gland developed on the metapleuron and opening via a bulla and meatus just above the hind coxa. Absence of a metapleural gland is con- sidered primitive because this is the con- dition in the non-aculeate Hymenoptera and in most Aculeata. The metapleural gland is a unique feature of the formicid group and thus does not serve to indicate any groupings of the taxa considered here (see Wilson, Carpenter & Brown, 1967). 38. Metastenium (Fig. 26). Primitively, the mesal section of the metasternum is in approximately the same plane as the mesosternum. The metasternal area is depressed laterally to accommodate the mid-coxae, the metasternum being diflfer- entiated into approximate thirds. 38.1 — The metasternum is depressed anteriorly and laterally but not completely so postero- mesally, the mid-coxae being contiguous. 38.1.1 — The metasternum is entirely de- pressed, the mid-coxae being contiguous. 38.1.1.1 — The metasternum is entirely de- pressed but small teeth are developed just anterior to the metacoxal cavities, the mid-coxae being contiguous. 38.1.1.2 — The metasternum is entirely flat and broad but not depressed, being at the same level as the mesosternum, with the mid-coxae widely separated. A metasternum with only the lateral thirds depressed is considered primitive because this is the condition in various aculeates that are considered to be the most primitive on the basis of other characters. Although state 38.1 has apparently Phvlogeny and Classii-ication of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 513 -"^Es. ^ ~ 38.1.1 'Of " 38.1.1.1 38.1 26 \ 38.1.1.2 27 40 40.1.1 Figs. 26-27. Characters of Aculeata. 26, posterior region of mesosoma, ventral view, showing primitive and derived states of metasternum (38 based on PrUtocera, S '■ 38.1 on Aiithohosca, $ ; 38.1.1 on Tedtschenhja, $; 38.1.1.1 on Pseudophotopsis, $\ 38.1.1.2 on Trielis, $); 27, posterior region of mesosoma, ventral view, showing primitive and derived states of metasternal anterior production (40 based on Pristocera, $ ; 40.1 on Typhoctoides, 5; 40.1.1 on Apterogyna, $, and Bradynohaenits, $ , left to right) . arisen only twice (on internode 4-6 and in the plumariid group), its presumed utility is diminished by the frequent additional modifications of the metasternum. Thus, 38.1.1 has arisen three times, on internodes 7-8 and 6-15, and in the plumariid group (male), and has apparently been reversed on internode 18-21. State 38.1.1.1 is uniquely characteristic of the mutillid group and 38.1.1.2 is present in the scoliids only, so that these two states are of no use in grouping the taxa. 39. Metasternal differentiation. Primi- tively, the meso- and metasterna are clearly differentiated by a definite discontinuity in the form of a deep sulcus or difference in level. 39.1 — The meso- and metasterna are barely differentiated because of fusion and loss of any definite sulcus, especially mesallv. Well-differentiated meso- and meta- sterna are considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates as well as in most Aculeata. Loss of differentiation of the metaster- num is most probably another expression of the general tendency toward consolida- tion of the mesosoma. It has occurred at least three times, on internodes 4-5 and 18-21 and in the scoliid group, so that it is of little use in establishing relationships. *40. Metasternal anterior production (Fig. 27). Primitively, the metasternum has the anterior margin approximately straight. 40.1 — The metasternum is slightly anteri- orly produced mesally between the mid- coxae so that its anterior margin attains the level of the anterior extremities of the mid-coxae. 40.1.1 — The anterior margin of the metasternum is anteriorly produced mesally and reaches a point anterior to the level of the anterior extremities of the mid-coxae. A metasternum with approximately straight anterior margin is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-Aculeata as well as in most aculeates. Anterior production of the metaster- num has taken place in only one line, providing good evidence of the holophy- letic relationship of the eotillid, typhoctid, chyphotid, apterogynid, and bradynobae- nid groups. State 40.1 has arisen on inter- node 18-21, and its derivative (40.1.1) re- inforces the association of the apterogynids and bradynobaenids, appearing on inter- node 23-24. 514 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin 41. Metacoxal contiguity. Primitively, the metacoxae are nearly or actually contig- uous. 41.1 — The metacoxae are broadly separated as a result of lateral expansion of the intercoxal region of the metaster- num. Contiguous metacoxae are considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeate and in most aculeate Hymenoptera. The derived state is characteristic of the scoliid group only, and is thus of no importance in the derivation of higher groupings. 42. Metathoracic-propodeal pleural suture. Primitively, the metathoracic-propodeal in- tersegmental pleural suture is clearly dis- cernible over its entire length, both dorsal and ventral to the endophragmal pit. 42.1 —The metathoracic-propodeal pleural su- ture is completely obliterated ventral to the endophragmal pit but is distinct dor- sally. 42.1.1 — The metathoracic-propodeal pleural suture is completely obliterated, both dorsal and ventral to the endophrag- mal pit. A completely discernible metathoracic- propodeal pleural suture is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates. The obliteration of the metathoracic- propodeal pleural suture has occurred on numerous occasions and this character is thus almost valueless for determining higher groupings. State 42.1 has appar- ently arisen on six occasions, on internodes 1-2, 12-14 and 18-21, and in the apid, meth- ochid and sierolomorphid groups. State 42.1.1 has occurred twice, in the tiphiid group and (apparently de novo) on inter- node 8-9. The placement of this state on internode 8-9 is especially interesting in the light of Krombein's (1940) statement that a major difference between the "Myr- mosinae" and "Mutillidae" lay in the com- plete absence of this intersegmental suture in the myrmosids and its presence in the mutillids. It actually appears that the su- ture is completely obliterated in both, but in some of the more highly developed mutillids there is a secondary development of a weak carina along the apparent line of this suture. State 42.1.1 is thus a condi- tion linking the myrmosid and mutillid groups, rather than one differentiating them. 43. Propodeal length (Fig. 28). Primi- tively, the propodeum is of moderate length, being at least as long as high, 43.1 — The propodeum is much shortened in its entirety but especially dorsally, so that the metanotum extends posteriorly to a point almost perpendicularly above the base of the metasoma. A propodeum of moderate dorsal length is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates as well as in most aculeates. The shortening of the propodeum may 28 Figs. 28-29. Characters of Aculeata. 28, dorsal re- gion of mesosoma, lateral view, showing primitive and derived states of propodeal length (43 based on Anthobosca, 9; 43.1 on Ceramius, $, modified); 29, metapleuron and propodeum, lateral view, show- ing primitive and derived states of discal distinction (44 based on Anthobosca, $, \ 44.1 on Colocistis, <$). Phylogeny and Classimcation oi- the Aculeate Hymenoptera 515 be another expression of the general ten- dency toward consolidation of the meso- soma. State 43.1 has occurred twice, the mechanism dilTering slightly in detail, in the vespid and hradynobaenid groups. It is thus of no use in the derivation of higher groupings. 44. Discal distinction (Fig. 29). Primi- tively, the disc and declivity of the pro- [lodeum are not distinct but merge grad- ually into each other. 44.1— The disc and declivity form distinct dorsal and posterior surfaces, often separated by a carina. A propodeum with merging disc and declivity is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates as well as in most members of the Aculeata. The degree of distinctness between the disc and declivity is difficult to quantify. State 44.1 is considered to be fully de- veloped when the two surfaces involved are almost perpendicular to one another. Such a condition has arisen on at least three occasions, on internode 12-14 (link- ing the tiphiid and brachycistidid groups) and in the hradynobaenid and scoliid groups. Since this state is approached in many other instances, its presence is not a good indicator of higher groupings. *45. Extent of joreiving venation. Prim- itively, the longitudinal veins of the fore- wing attain the apical margin of the wing membrane. 45.1 — The venation of the fore wing is reduced or retracted so that the veins extend into the apical half of the wing membrane but do not reach the margin. 45.1.1 — The venation of the fore- wing is extremely reduced so that it does not extend beyond the basal half of the wing membrane. Venation w^hich attains the apical mar- gin of the wing membrane is considered primitive because this is the condition in most Symphyta and many Terebrantia (including Trigonalidae). Retraction of the venation from the apex of the wing membrane is extremely common, and slate 45.1 has apparently occurred on at least nine occasions, on internodes 1-2, 12-14 and 18-21, and in the apid, mutillid, anthoboscid (female), sierolomorphid, rhopalcjsomatid and scoliid groups. This state is thus of little utility in determining relationships. The extreme reduction of venation in relatively large individuals without an associated tendency toward brachyptery is apparently present in only the apterogynid and hradynobae- nid groups (on internode 23-24, state 45.1.1) and is thus considered quite good evidence of their relationship. There are, however, some members of the myzinid group which show a somewhat similar reduction in venation but with an accom- panying decrease in wing or body size (e.g., "Meria" injradentata; Myzinella patrizii, Guiglia, 1968). *46. Cells of forewing (Fig. 30). Primi- tively, there are ten closed cells in the forewing, viz., C, SC4-R4-S, SC4-R, R, IS, 2S, S+M, IM, M+Cu, ICu. 46.1— There are eight closed cells in the fore- wing, viz., C, SC+R+S, SC+R, R, IS, S+M, M+Cu, ICu. 46.1.1— There are seven closed cells in the forewing, viz., C, SC+R+S, SC+R, R, S+M, M+Cu, ICu. 46.1.1.1— There are six closed cells in the forewing, viz., C, SC+R+S, SC+R, R, S+M, M+Cu. 46.2 — There are seven closed cells in the forewing, viz., C, SC+R+S, (SC+R) + 1S, R, S+M, M+Cu, ICu. 46.3 — There are nine closed cells in the forewing, viz., C, SC+R+S, R, (SC+R) + 1S, 2S, S+M, IM, M+Cu, ICu; vein S is obliterated proximal to its fusion with r-s. 46.4 — There are nine closed cells in the forewing, viz., C, SC+R+S, R, (SC+R) + 1S, 2S, S+M, IM, M+Cu, ICu; vein S is obliterated just distal to its sepa- ration from vein M. 46.5 — There are five closed cells in the forewing, viz., C, SC+R+S, SC+R, M+Cu, ICu. 46.5.1— 516 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin 31 47 47.1 47.1.1 Figs. 30-31. Characters of Aculeata. 30, forewing, showing primitive state of cells; veins (smaller letters) are: C = costa, Cu = cubitus, E =: empusal, M = media, R ^ radius, S = sector, SC = subcosta (46 based on Anthobosca, ^)\ 31, pterostigma, showing primitive and derived states of its size (47 based on Anthobosca, 2 ; 47.1 on Chimdamnus, 9 ; 47.1.1 on Aptcrogyini. $ ). There are three closed cells in the fore- wing, viz., C, SC+R+S, M+Cu. Ten closed cells is considered the prim- itive condition because this is the state in the Trigonalidae and also in many aculeate taxa which are considered relatively prim- itive on the basis of other characters. The trend has apparently been toward reduc- tion in cell number in the Terebrantia, and ten is the ma.ximal number of cells found in the aculeates. Losses of various veins and thus reduc- tions in the number of cells have been quite common although most appear to be characteristic of single taxa only and are thus of no use in establishing group- ings. State 46.1 has arisen at least three times, on internode 1-2 and in the rhopalo- somatid and formicid groups, as well as within many of the other groups. State 46.1.1 is present on internode 2-3, and 46.1.1.1 is characteristic of the scolebythid group and also some species within the bethylid group (e.g., Lytopsenella; Evans, 1964). State 46.2 appears in the sierolomor- phids; 46.3 is developed in the methochid group; 46.4 is present in the tiphiids. State 46.5 has apparently arisen on inter- node 23-24, linking the apterogynid and bradynobaenid groups, with its derivative (46.5.1) being present in the bradynobae- nids; these last states are very character- istic and considered good evidence of this relationship. 47. Pterostigma! size (Fig. 31). Primi- tively, the pterostigma is large and prom- inent. 47.1 — The pterostigma is reduced although nevertheless distinct and is mod- erate to small in size. 47.1.1 — The ptero- stigma appears as a mere swelling in the venation, and is thus very small. A large pterostigma is considered primitive because this is the condition in most non-aculeates and in many aculeates which are considered relatively primitive on the basis of other characters. There appears to be a tendency towards reduction in the size of the pterostigma in various of the more highly developed Phylogeny and Classification of the Aculeate Hymenoptera 517 groups. Thus, state 47.1 has apjxircntly occurred on at least two occasions, on in- ternodes 4-5 and 15-16. This trend has hecn reversed, however, in the eotillid and chyphotid groups, where the apparent primitive state is present. Extreme reduc- tion (47.1.1) is characteristic of the aptero- gynid and bradynobaenid groups, and has thus developed on internode 23-24; it also occurs within the sphecid (e.g., Zyzzyx) and apid (e.g.. Apis) groups. These states are thus not considered to provide good evidence of relationships. 48. Pterostigmal sclerotization. Primi- tively, the pterostigma is heavily sclerotized and uniformly thickened. 4S.1 — The scler- otization of the pterostigma is reduced so that the pterostigma appears to be bounded by a distinct vein, although some sclerotization of the cell so formed is gen- erally retained. A heavily sclerotized pterostigma is considered primitive because this is the condition in manv non-aculeates as well as in most Aculeata. Reduction of pterostigmal sclerotiza- tion has occurred at least twice, on inter- nodes 16-17 (associating the pompilid and rhopalosomatid groups) and 19-20 (link- ing the vespids and scoliids) as well as within various other groups such as the mutillids (e.g., Mutilla) and sphecids (e.g., Psetidoplisits). This character is thus only of use in confirming the indications of re- lationships provided by other characters. 49. Extent of hind wing venation. Prim- itively, the longitudinal veins of the hind wing attain the apical margin of the wing membrane. 49.1 — The venation of the hind wing is retracted or reduced so that the veins extend into the apical half of the wing membrane but do not attain the margin. 49.1.1 — The venation of the hind wing is greatly reduced and restricted to the basal half of the wing membrane. Venation which attains the apical mar- gin of the wing membrane is considered primitive because this is the condition in most Symphyta and many Terebrantia (including Trigonalidae). Retraction of the veins away from the apical margin of the hind wing has oc- curred on numerous occasions, as with the fore wing, although the pattern of deriva- tions is not identical for both wings. State 49.1 is present on internodes 2-3, 12-14 and 18-21, and in the mutillid, sierolomorphid, rhopalosomatid and scoliid groups, as well as within various other groups. State 49.1.1 has occurred on internode 23-24 and in the scolebythid group, as well as within the bethylid group (e.g., Pristocera). This character is thus of minimal utility in determining relationships. 50. Cells of hind wing (Fig. 32). Primi- tively, there are three closed cells in the hind wing, viz., C, SC+R+S, M4-Cu. 50.1 — There are two closed cells in the hind wing, viz., SC+R+S, M+Cu; vein C is reduced distally. 50.2 — There are two closed cells in the hind wing, viz., C, Figs. 32-33. Characters of Aculeata. 32, hind wing, showing primitive state of cells and veins; veins as in forewing, plus A ^ anal, J =^ jugal bar, P =; plical fold (50, 51 based on Piionyx, modified); 33, hind wing, showing derived state of crossvein cu-e (52.1 based on Anthobosca, $ ). 518 The University of Kansas Science Bulletin (SC+R+S) + (M+Cu); vein M+Cu is obliterated. 50.3 — There is one closed cell in the hind wing, viz., C; vein M+Cu and all cross-veins are obliterated. 50.3.1 — There are no closed cells in the hind wing. Three closed cells is considered the primitive condition because this is the maximum number of cells found in the Aculeata. In the Terebrantia the trend has apparently been toward reduction in cell number. The distal reduction of the costal vein (state 50.1) has occurred on numerous occasions, on internodes 7-